Extend the assembler so that it can automatically generate GNU Build attribute notes...
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
219d1afa 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132 34@ifset AOUT
a8eb42a8 35@set aout
252b5132
RH
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset H8/300
44@set H8
45@end ifset
252b5132
RH
46@ifset SH
47@set H8
48@end ifset
49@ifset HPPA
50@set abnormal-separator
51@end ifset
52@c ------------
53@ifset GENERIC
54@settitle Using @value{AS}
55@end ifset
56@ifclear GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
58@end ifclear
59@setchapternewpage odd
60@c %**end of header
61
62@c @smallbook
63@c @set SMALL
64@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
65@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
66@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
67@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 68@c
252b5132
RH
69@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
70@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
71@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
72@c break.
01642c12 73@c
252b5132
RH
74@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
75@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
76@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
77@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 78@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
79@ifinfo
80@set SMALL
81@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
82@c might as well show 'em anyways.
83@end ifinfo
84
9160ea82
AM
85@ifnottex
86@dircategory Software development
87@direntry
252b5132 88* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 89* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
90@end direntry
91@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
92
93@finalout
94@syncodeindex ky cp
95
0e9517a9 96@copying
252b5132
RH
97This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
98
0285c67d 99@c man begin COPYRIGHT
219d1afa 100Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 101
0285c67d 102Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 103under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
104or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
105with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
106Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 107section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
108
109@c man end
0e9517a9 110@end copying
252b5132
RH
111
112@titlepage
113@title Using @value{AS}
114@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
115@ifclear GENERIC
116@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
117@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
118@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
119@sp 1
120@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
121@end ifset
252b5132
RH
122@sp 1
123@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
124@sp 1
125@sp 13
b45619c0 126The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 127Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 128first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
129The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
130distracting the boss while they got some work
131done.
132@sp 3
133@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
134@page
135@tex
136{\parskip=0pt
137\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
138\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
139}
140%"boxit" macro for figures:
141%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
142\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
143 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
144#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
145\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
146@end tex
147
148@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
219d1afa 149Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 150
cf055d54 151 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 152 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
153 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
154 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
155 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 156 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 157
252b5132 158@end titlepage
4ecceb71 159@contents
252b5132 160
2e64b665 161@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
162@node Top
163@top Using @value{AS}
164
e49e529d
JM
165This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
166@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
167@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
168@end ifset
169version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 170@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 171This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
172code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
173@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
174
175This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
176Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 177section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 178
252b5132
RH
179@menu
180* Overview:: Overview
181* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
182* Syntax:: Syntax
183* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
184* Symbols:: Symbols
185* Expressions:: Expressions
186* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
187@ifset ELF
188* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
189@end ifset
252b5132
RH
190* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
191* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
192* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 193* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 194* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 195@end menu
2e64b665 196@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
197
198@node Overview
199@chapter Overview
200@iftex
a4fb0134 201This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 202@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 203This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
204code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
205@end ifclear
206@end iftex
207
208@cindex invocation summary
209@cindex option summary
210@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 211Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 212see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 213
0285c67d
NC
214@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
215
a4fb0134 216@ignore
0285c67d
NC
217@c man begin SEEALSO
218gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
219@c man end
a4fb0134 220@end ignore
0285c67d 221
252b5132
RH
222@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
223@c to be limited to one line for the header.
224@smallexample
0285c67d 225@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 226@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 227 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 228 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 229 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
230 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
231 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
232 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
233 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9 234 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
2edb36e7 235 [@b{--no-pad-sections}]
d60646b9
NC
236 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
237 [@b{--hash-size}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}]
238 [@b{--statistics}]
239 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
240 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
241 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 242 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
b8871f35 243 [@b{--elf-stt-common=[no|yes]}]
0df8ad28 244 [@b{--generate-missing-build-notes=[no|yes]}]
a0b7da79
MM
245 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
246 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134 247@c
6387924a 248@c man end
a4fb0134 249@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 250@c Add an empty line for separation.
6387924a 251@c man begin TARGET
a06ea964
NC
252@ifset AARCH64
253
254@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
255 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 256 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 257@end ifset
625e1353
RH
258@ifset ALPHA
259
260@emph{Target Alpha options:}
261 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
262 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 263 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
264 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
265 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
266@end ifset
252b5132 267@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
268
269@emph{Target ARC options:}
886a2506
NC
270 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
271 [@b{-mA6}|@b{-mARC600}|@b{-mARC601}|@b{-mA7}|@b{-mARC700}|@b{-mEM}|@b{-mHS}]
272 [@b{-mcode-density}]
4670103e 273 [@b{-mrelax}]
a4fb0134 274 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
275@end ifset
276@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
277
278@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 279@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
280 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
281 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
282 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
283 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 284 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 285 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
286 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
287 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
288 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 289 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 290@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
291@ifset Blackfin
292
293@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
294 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
295 [@b{-mfdpic}]
296 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
297 [@b{-mnopic}]
298@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
299@ifset CRIS
300
301@emph{Target CRIS options:}
302 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
303 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
304 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 305 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
306@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
307@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
308@end ifset
252b5132 309@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
310
311@emph{Target D10V options:}
312 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
313@end ifset
314@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
315
316@emph{Target D30V options:}
317 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 318@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
319@ifset EPIPHANY
320
321@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
322 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
323@end ifset
252b5132 324@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
325
326@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
327 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
328@end ifset
329@ifset HPPA
330@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
331@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
332@ifset I80386
333
334@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 335 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 336 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132 337@end ifset
587fe2b3 338@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 339
9e32ca89
NC
340@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
341 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
342 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
343 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 344 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 345 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 346 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
347 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
348@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
349@ifset IP2K
350
351@emph{Target IP2K options:}
352 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
353@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
354@ifset M32C
355
356@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 357 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 358@end ifset
587fe2b3 359@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 360
a4fb0134
SC
361@emph{Target M32R options:}
362 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 363 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 364@end ifset
252b5132 365@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
366
367@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
368 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 369@end ifset
60bcf0fa 370@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
371
372@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 373 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
374 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
375 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 376 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
377 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
378 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
379@end ifset
380@ifset MCORE
381
382@emph{Target MCORE options:}
383 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
384 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 385@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
386@ifset METAG
387
388@emph{Target Meta options:}
389 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
390@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
391@ifset MICROBLAZE
392@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
393@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
394@end ifset
252b5132 395@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
396
397@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 398 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 399 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 400 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 401 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
402 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
403 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 404 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 405 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
406 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
407 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 408 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
8b10b0b3 409 [@b{-mignore-branch-isa}] [@b{-mno-ignore-branch-isa}]
ba92f887 410 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 411 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 412 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
25499ac7 413 [@b{-mmips16e2}] [@b{-mno-mips16e2}]
df58fc94 414 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 415 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 416 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 417 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 418 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 419 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
8f4f9071 420 [@b{-mdspr3}] [@b{-mno-dspr3}]
56d438b1 421 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 422 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 423 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 424 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
833794fc 425 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 426 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 427 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
428 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
429 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 430 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 431 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
432@end ifset
433@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
434
435@emph{Target MMIX options:}
436 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
437 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
438 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 439 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 440@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
441@ifset NIOSII
442
443@emph{Target Nios II options:}
444 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
445 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
446@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
447@ifset NDS32
448
449@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
450 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
451 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
452 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
453 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
454 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
455 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
456 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
457 [@b{-mb2bb}]
458@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
459@ifset PDP11
460
461@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
462 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
463 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 464 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
465@end ifset
466@ifset PJ
467
468@emph{Target picoJava options:}
469 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
470@end ifset
471@ifset PPC
472
473@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
474 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
475 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
476 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 477 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 478 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
a680de9a 479 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-mpower9}|@b{-mpwr9}@b{-ma2}|
74081948 480 @b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mspe2}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
5817ffd1 481 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 482 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
483 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
484 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 485 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 486 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 487@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
488@ifset PRU
489
490@emph{Target PRU options:}
491 [@b{-link-relax}]
492 [@b{-mnolink-relax}]
493 [@b{-mno-warn-regname-label}]
494@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
495@ifset RISCV
496
497@emph{Target RISC-V options:}
498 [@b{-fpic}|@b{-fPIC}|@b{-fno-pic}]
499 [@b{-march}=@var{ISA}]
500 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
501@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
502@ifset RL78
503
504@emph{Target RL78 options:}
505 [@b{-mg10}]
506 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
507@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
508@ifset RX
509
510@emph{Target RX options:}
511 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 512 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
513 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
514 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
515 [@b{-mpid}]
516 [@b{-mrelax}]
517 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
518 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 519@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
520@ifset S390
521
522@emph{Target s390 options:}
523 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
524 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
525 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
526@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
527@ifset SCORE
528
529@emph{Target SCORE options:}
530 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
531 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
532 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
533 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
534@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
535@ifset SPARC
536
537@emph{Target SPARC options:}
538@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
46a2d504
JM
539 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Aleon}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
540 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av8plusb}|@b{-Av8plusc}|@b{-Av8plusd}
541 @b{-Av8plusv}|@b{-Av8plusm}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}|@b{-Av9b}|@b{-Av9c}
542 @b{-Av9d}|@b{-Av9e}|@b{-Av9v}|@b{-Av9m}|@b{-Asparc}|@b{-Asparcvis}
543 @b{-Asparcvis2}|@b{-Asparcfmaf}|@b{-Asparcima}|@b{-Asparcvis3}
544 @b{-Asparcvisr}|@b{-Asparc5}]
545 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}]|@b{-xarch=v8plusb}|@b{-xarch=v8plusc}
546 @b{-xarch=v8plusd}|@b{-xarch=v8plusv}|@b{-xarch=v8plusm}|@b{-xarch=v9}
547 @b{-xarch=v9a}|@b{-xarch=v9b}|@b{-xarch=v9c}|@b{-xarch=v9d}|@b{-xarch=v9e}
548 @b{-xarch=v9v}|@b{-xarch=v9m}|@b{-xarch=sparc}|@b{-xarch=sparcvis}
549 @b{-xarch=sparcvis2}|@b{-xarch=sparcfmaf}|@b{-xarch=sparcima}
550 @b{-xarch=sparcvis3}|@b{-xarch=sparcvisr}|@b{-xarch=sparc5}
551 @b{-bump}]
a4fb0134 552 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
46a2d504 553 [@b{--enforce-aligned-data}][@b{--dcti-couples-detect}]
a4fb0134
SC
554@end ifset
555@ifset TIC54X
556
557@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 558 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
559 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
560@end ifset
40b36596
JM
561@ifset TIC6X
562
563@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
564 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
565 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
566 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 567@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
568@ifset TILEGX
569
570@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 571 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
572@end ifset
573@ifset TILEPRO
574@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
575@end ifset
b6605ddd 576@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 577
b6605ddd
EB
578@emph{Target Visium options:}
579 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
580@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
581@ifset XTENSA
582
583@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
b46824bd
MF
584 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}]
585 [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
2d8b84ae
SA
586 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
587 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
588 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 589 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 590@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
591@ifset Z80
592
593@emph{Target Z80 options:}
594 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
595 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
596 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
597 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
598 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
599 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
600 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
601@end ifset
a4fb0134 602@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 603
a4fb0134 604@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 605@end ifset
e0001a05 606
0285c67d 607@c man end
252b5132
RH
608@end smallexample
609
0285c67d
NC
610@c man begin OPTIONS
611
a4fb0134 612@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 613@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 614
83f10cb2 615@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
616Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
617
a4fb0134 618@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
619@item -ac
620omit false conditionals
621
622@item -ad
623omit debugging directives
624
83f10cb2
NC
625@item -ag
626include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
627
252b5132
RH
628@item -ah
629include high-level source
630
631@item -al
632include assembly
633
634@item -am
635include macro expansions
636
637@item -an
638omit forms processing
639
640@item -as
641include symbols
642
643@item =file
644set the name of the listing file
645@end table
646
647You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
648listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
649the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
650
caa32fe5 651@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
652Begin in alternate macro mode.
653@ifclear man
654@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
655@end ifclear
caa32fe5 656
955974c6 657@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
658Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
659ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
660linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
661given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 662
151411f8
L
663@ifset ELF
664@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
665@item --compress-debug-sections=none
666@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
667@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
668@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
669These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
670@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
671@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
672@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 673@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 674@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
675@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
676sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
677@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
678@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
679
151411f8
L
680@end ifset
681
955974c6 682@item --nocompress-debug-sections
e12fe555
NC
683Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all
684targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to
685override this.
955974c6 686
252b5132
RH
687@item -D
688Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
689other assemblers.
690
3d6b762c
JM
691@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
692When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
693information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
694
252b5132
RH
695@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
696Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
697@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
698indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
699value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
700use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
701
702@item -f
703``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
704compiler output).
705
329e276d
NC
706@item -g
707@itemx --gen-debug
708Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
709debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
710ECOFF or DWARF2.
711
252b5132
RH
712@item --gstabs
713Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
714may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
715
05da4302
NC
716@item --gstabs+
717Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
718extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
719debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
720may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
721the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
722
329e276d 723@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 724Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 725may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 726option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 727
b40bf0a2
NC
728@item --gdwarf-sections
729Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
730.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
731corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
732will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
733@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
734then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
735suffix.
736
b8871f35 737@ifset ELF
21be61f5
L
738@item --size-check=error
739@itemx --size-check=warning
740Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
741
b8871f35
L
742@item --elf-stt-common=no
743@itemx --elf-stt-common=yes
744These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate common
745symbols with the @code{STT_COMMON} type. The default can be controlled
746by a configure option @option{--enable-elf-stt-common}.
0df8ad28
NC
747
748@item --generate-missing-build-notes=yes
749@itemx --generate-missing-build-notes=no
750These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate GNU Build
751attribute notes if none are present in the input sources.
752The default can be controlled by the @option{--enable-generate-build-notes}
753configure option.
754
b8871f35
L
755@end ifset
756
252b5132
RH
757@item --help
758Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
759
ea20a7da
CC
760@item --target-help
761Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
762
252b5132
RH
763@item -I @var{dir}
764Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
765
766@item -J
767Don't warn about signed overflow.
768
769@item -K
770@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
771This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
772@end ifclear
773@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
774Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
775@end ifset
776
777@item -L
778@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
779Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
780system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
781or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
782@ifclear man
783@xref{Symbol Names}.
784@end ifclear
252b5132 785
c3a27914
NC
786@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
787Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
788listing to @var{number}.
789
790@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
791Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
792lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
793
794@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
795Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
796@var{number} bytes.
797
798@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
799Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
800to @var{number} + 1.
801
2edb36e7
NC
802@item --no-pad-sections
803Stop the assembler for padding the ends of output sections to the alignment
804of that section. The default is to pad the sections, but this can waste space
805which might be needed on targets which have tight memory constraints.
806
252b5132 807@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 808Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
809
810@item -R
811Fold the data section into the text section.
812
d60646b9 813@item --hash-size=@var{number}
4bdd3565
NC
814Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
815@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
816assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
817memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
818requirements at the expense of speed.
819
820@item --reduce-memory-overheads
821This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
822assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
823@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
824
451133ce
NP
825@ifset ELF
826@item --sectname-subst
827Honor substitution sequences in section names.
828@ifclear man
829@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
830@end ifclear
831@end ifset
832
252b5132
RH
833@item --statistics
834Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
835assembly.
836
837@item --strip-local-absolute
838Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
839
840@item -v
841@itemx -version
a4fb0134 842Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
843
844@item --version
a4fb0134 845Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
846
847@item -W
2bdd6cf5 848@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
849Suppress warning messages.
850
2bdd6cf5
GK
851@item --fatal-warnings
852Treat warnings as errors.
853
854@item --warn
855Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
856
252b5132
RH
857@item -w
858Ignored.
859
860@item -x
861Ignored.
862
863@item -Z
864Generate an object file even after errors.
865
866@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
867Standard input, or source files to assemble.
868
869@end table
2a633939
JM
870@c man end
871
a06ea964
NC
872@ifset AARCH64
873
874@ifclear man
875@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
876for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
877@end ifclear
878
879@ifset man
880@c man begin OPTIONS
881The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
88264-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
883@c man end
884@c man begin INCLUDE
885@include c-aarch64.texi
886@c ended inside the included file
887@end ifset
888
889@end ifset
890
2a633939
JM
891@ifset ALPHA
892
893@ifclear man
894@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
895for an Alpha processor.
896@end ifclear
897
898@ifset man
899@c man begin OPTIONS
900The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
901processor.
902@c man end
903@c man begin INCLUDE
904@include c-alpha.texi
905@c ended inside the included file
906@end ifset
907
908@end ifset
252b5132 909
2a633939 910@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 911@ifset ARC
886a2506
NC
912The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an ARC
913processor.
252b5132 914
a4fb0134 915@table @gcctabopt
886a2506 916@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
0d2bcfaf
NC
917This option selects the core processor variant.
918@item -EB | -EL
919Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
886a2506
NC
920@item -mcode-density
921Enable Code Density extenssion instructions.
252b5132
RH
922@end table
923@end ifset
924
925@ifset ARM
926The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
927processor family.
928
a4fb0134 929@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 930@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 931Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 932@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 933Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 934@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 935Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
936@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
937Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
938@item -mthumb
939Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 940@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
941Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
942@item -EB | -EL
943Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
944@item -mthumb-interwork
945Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
946ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
947@item -mccs
948Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
949@item -k
950Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
951@end table
952@end ifset
635fb38d 953@c man end
252b5132 954
9982501a 955@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
956
957@ifclear man
958@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
959configured for the Blackfin processor family.
960@end ifclear
961
962@ifset man
963@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
964The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
965the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
966@c man end
967@c man begin INCLUDE
968@include c-bfin.texi
969@c ended inside the included file
970@end ifset
9982501a 971
9982501a
JZ
972@end ifset
973
635fb38d 974@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
975@ifset CRIS
976See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
977@end ifset
978
252b5132
RH
979@ifset D10V
980The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
981a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 982@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
983@cindex D10V optimization
984@cindex optimization, D10V
985@item -O
986Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
987@end table
988@end ifset
989
990@ifset D30V
991The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
992processor.
a4fb0134 993@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
994@cindex D30V optimization
995@cindex optimization, D30V
996@item -O
997Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
998
999@cindex D30V nops
1000@item -n
1001Warn when nops are generated.
1002
1003@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
1004@item -N
1005Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
1006@end table
1007@end ifset
731caf76
L
1008@c man end
1009
cfb8c092
NC
1010@ifset EPIPHANY
1011The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1012Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
1013
56b13185
JR
1014@ifclear man
1015@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1016configured for an Epiphany processor.
1017@end ifclear
cfb8c092 1018
56b13185
JR
1019@ifset man
1020@c man begin OPTIONS
1021The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1022an Epiphany processor.
1023@c man end
1024@c man begin INCLUDE
1025@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
1026@c ended inside the included file
1027@end ifset
1028
1029@end ifset
1030
1031@ifset H8300
1032
1033@ifclear man
1034@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1035for an H8/300 processor.
1036@end ifclear
1037
1038@ifset man
1039@c man begin OPTIONS
1040The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
1041processor.
1042@c man end
1043@c man begin INCLUDE
1044@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
1045@c ended inside the included file
1046@end ifset
cfb8c092 1047
cfb8c092
NC
1048@end ifset
1049
731caf76 1050@ifset I80386
252b5132 1051
731caf76
L
1052@ifclear man
1053@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1054configured for an i386 processor.
1055@end ifclear
1056
1057@ifset man
1058@c man begin OPTIONS
1059The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1060an i386 processor.
1061@c man end
1062@c man begin INCLUDE
1063@include c-i386.texi
1064@c ended inside the included file
1065@end ifset
1066
1067@end ifset
1068
1069@c man begin OPTIONS
a40cbfa3
NC
1070@ifset IP2K
1071The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1072Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1073
1074@table @gcctabopt
1075
1076@item -mip2022ext
1077Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1078
1079@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1080Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1081just the basic IP2022 ones.
1082
1083@end table
1084@end ifset
1085
49f58d10
JB
1086@ifset M32C
1087The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1088Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1089
1090@table @gcctabopt
1091
1092@item -m32c
1093Assemble M32C instructions.
1094
1095@item -m16c
1096Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1097
c54b5932
DD
1098@item -relax
1099Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1100
1101@item -h-tick-hex
1102Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1103
49f58d10
JB
1104@end table
1105@end ifset
1106
ec694b89
NC
1107@ifset M32R
1108The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1109Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1110
a4fb0134 1111@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1112
1113@item --m32rx
1114Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1115is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1116
1117@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1118Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1119encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1120
1121@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1122Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1123encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1124
1125@end table
1126@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1127
1128@ifset M680X0
1129The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1130Motorola 68000 series.
1131
a4fb0134 1132@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1133
1134@item -l
1135Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1136
0285c67d
NC
1137@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1138@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1139@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1140Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1141is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1142
1143@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1144The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1145The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1146the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1147two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1148coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1149
1150@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1151The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1152unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1153
1154@end table
1155@end ifset
1156
36591ba1
SL
1157@ifset NIOSII
1158
1159@ifclear man
1160@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1161for an Altera Nios II processor.
1162@end ifclear
1163
1164@ifset man
1165@c man begin OPTIONS
1166The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1167Altera Nios II processor.
1168@c man end
1169@c man begin INCLUDE
1170@include c-nios2.texi
1171@c ended inside the included file
1172@end ifset
1173@end ifset
1174
e135f41b
NC
1175@ifset PDP11
1176
1177For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1178see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1179
a4fb0134 1180@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1181@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1182Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1183default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1184
1185@item -mall
1186@itemx -mall-extensions
1187Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1188
1189@item -mno-extensions
1190Disable all instruction set extensions.
1191
1192@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1193Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1194
1195@item -m@var{cpu}
1196Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1197disable all other extensions.
1198
1199@item -m@var{machine}
1200Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1201model, and disable all other extensions.
1202@end table
1203
1204@end ifset
1205
041dd5a9
ILT
1206@ifset PJ
1207The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1208a picoJava processor.
1209
a4fb0134 1210@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1211
1212@cindex PJ endianness
1213@cindex endianness, PJ
1214@cindex big endian output, PJ
1215@item -mb
1216Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1217
1218@cindex little endian output, PJ
1219@item -ml
1220Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1221
1222@end table
1223@end ifset
1224
93f11b16
DD
1225@ifset PRU
1226
1227@ifclear man
1228@xref{PRU Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1229for a PRU processor.
1230@end ifclear
1231
1232@ifset man
1233@c man begin OPTIONS
1234The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1235PRU processor.
1236@c man end
1237@c man begin INCLUDE
1238@include c-pru.texi
1239@c ended inside the included file
1240@end ifset
1241@end ifset
1242
60bcf0fa
NC
1243@ifset M68HC11
1244The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1245Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1246
a4fb0134 1247@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1248
6927f982 1249@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1250Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1251defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1252
6927f982
NC
1253@item --xgate-ramoffset
1254Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1255XGATE address space.
1256
2f904664
SC
1257@item -mshort
1258Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1259
1260@item -mlong
01642c12 1261Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1262
1263@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1264Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1265
1266@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1267Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1268
1370e33d 1269@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1270Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1271conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1272sub routine.
1273
1370e33d
NC
1274@item -S | --short-branches
1275Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1276when the offset is out of range.
1277
1278@item --strict-direct-mode
1279Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1280when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1281
1282@item --print-insn-syntax
1283Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1284
1285@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1286Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1287
1288@item --generate-example
6927f982 1289Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1290This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1291
1292@end table
1293@end ifset
1294
252b5132 1295@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1296The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1297for the SPARC architecture:
1298
a4fb0134 1299@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1300@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1301@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1302Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1303
1304@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1305@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1306
1307@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1308UltraSPARC extensions.
1309
1310@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1311For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1312equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1313
1314@item -bump
1315Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1316@end table
1317@end ifset
1318
39bec121
TW
1319@ifset TIC54X
1320The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1321architecture.
39bec121 1322
a4fb0134 1323@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1324@item -mfar-mode
1325Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1326extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1327@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1328Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1329@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1330Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1331behaviour in the shell.
1332@end table
1333@end ifset
1334
252b5132 1335@ifset MIPS
73201331 1336@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 1337The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1338a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1339
a4fb0134 1340@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1341@item -G @var{num}
1342This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1343implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1344use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1345
1346@cindex MIPS endianness
1347@cindex endianness, MIPS
1348@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1349@item -EB
1350Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1351
1352@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1353@item -EL
1354Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1355
1356@cindex MIPS ISA
1357@item -mips1
1358@itemx -mips2
1359@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1360@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1361@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1362@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1363@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1364@itemx -mips32r3
1365@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1366@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1367@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1368@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1369@itemx -mips64r3
1370@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1371@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1372Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1373@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1374alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1375@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1376@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1377@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1378@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1379MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1380Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1381MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1382
98508b2a
RS
1383@item -march=@var{cpu}
1384Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1385
1386@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1387Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1388
1389@item -mfix7000
1390@itemx -mno-fix7000
1391Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1392of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1393
a8d14a88
CM
1394@item -mfix-rm7000
1395@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1396Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1397followed by a load instruction.
1398
ecb4347a
DJ
1399@item -mdebug
1400@itemx -no-mdebug
1401Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1402section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1403
dcd410fe
RO
1404@item -mpdr
1405@itemx -mno-pdr
1406Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1407
437ee9d5
TS
1408@item -mgp32
1409@itemx -mfp32
1410The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1411flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1412all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1413and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1414
351cdf24
MF
1415@item -mgp64
1416@itemx -mfp64
1417The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1418flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1419all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1420and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1421
1422@item -mfpxx
1423The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1424this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1425which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
142632 or 64 bits wide.
1427
1428@item -modd-spreg
1429@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1430Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1431registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1432@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1433
437ee9d5
TS
1434@item -mips16
1435@itemx -no-mips16
1436Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51 1437@code{.module mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
437ee9d5 1438turns off this option.
252b5132 1439
25499ac7
MR
1440@item -mmips16e2
1441@itemx -mno-mips16e2
1442Enable the use of MIPS16e2 instructions in MIPS16 mode. This is equivalent
1443to putting @code{.module mips16e2} at the start of the assembly file.
1444@samp{-mno-mips16e2} turns off this option.
1445
df58fc94
RS
1446@item -mmicromips
1447@itemx -mno-micromips
1448Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51
MR
1449@code{.module micromips} at the start of the assembly file.
1450@samp{-mno-micromips} turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting
1451@code{.module nomicromips} at the start of the assembly file.
df58fc94 1452
e16bfa71
TS
1453@item -msmartmips
1454@itemx -mno-smartmips
32035f51
MR
1455Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1456equivalent to putting @code{.module smartmips} at the start of the assembly
1457file. @samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
e16bfa71 1458
1f25f5d3
CD
1459@item -mips3d
1460@itemx -no-mips3d
1461Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1462This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1463@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1464
deec1734
CD
1465@item -mdmx
1466@itemx -no-mdmx
1467Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1468This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1469@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1470
2ef2b9ae
CF
1471@item -mdsp
1472@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1473Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1474This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1475@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1476
8b082fb1
TS
1477@item -mdspr2
1478@itemx -mno-dspr2
1479Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
8f4f9071 1480This option implies @samp{-mdsp}.
8b082fb1
TS
1481This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1482@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1483
8f4f9071
MF
1484@item -mdspr3
1485@itemx -mno-dspr3
1486Generate code for the DSP Release 3 Application Specific Extension.
1487This option implies @samp{-mdsp} and @samp{-mdspr2}.
1488This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 3 instructions.
1489@samp{-mno-dspr3} turns off this option.
1490
56d438b1
CF
1491@item -mmsa
1492@itemx -mno-msa
1493Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1494This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1495@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1496
7d64c587
AB
1497@item -mxpa
1498@itemx -mno-xpa
1499Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1500This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1501@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1502
ef2e4d86
CF
1503@item -mmt
1504@itemx -mno-mt
1505Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1506This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1507@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1508
dec0624d
MR
1509@item -mmcu
1510@itemx -mno-mcu
1511Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1512This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1513@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1514
833794fc
MR
1515@item -minsn32
1516@itemx -mno-insn32
1517Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1518microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1519instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1520the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1521option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1522start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1523selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1524
437ee9d5
TS
1525@item --construct-floats
1526@itemx --no-construct-floats
1527The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1528double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1529value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1530the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1531selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1532
3bf0dbfb
MR
1533@item --relax-branch
1534@itemx --no-relax-branch
1535The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1536branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1537out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1538
8b10b0b3
MR
1539@item -mignore-branch-isa
1540@itemx -mno-ignore-branch-isa
1541Ignore branch checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes. The
1542semantics of branches does not provide for an ISA mode switch, so in
1543most cases the ISA mode a branch has been encoded for has to be the
1544same as the ISA mode of the branch's target label. Therefore GAS has
1545checks implemented that verify in branch assembly that the two ISA
1546modes match. @samp{-mignore-branch-isa} disables these checks. By
1547default @samp{-mno-ignore-branch-isa} is selected, causing any invalid
1548branch requiring a transition between ISA modes to produce an error.
1549
ba92f887
MR
1550@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1551Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1552(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1553
252b5132
RH
1554@cindex emulation
1555@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1556This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1557on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1558removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1559It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1560
1561The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1562@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1563is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1564big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1565preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1566
1567@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1568@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1569the native tools.
1570
252b5132
RH
1571@item --trap
1572@itemx --no-trap
1573@itemx --break
1574@itemx --no-break
1575Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1576@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1577(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1578@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1579break exception.
63486801
L
1580
1581@item -n
a4fb0134 1582When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1583time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132 1584@end table
73201331 1585@c man end
252b5132
RH
1586@end ifset
1587
1588@ifset MCORE
1589The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1590an MCore processor.
1591
a4fb0134 1592@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1593@item -jsri2bsr
1594@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1595Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1596The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1597
1598@item -sifilter
1599@itemx -nosifilter
1600Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1601The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1602
1603@item -relax
1604Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1605
ec694b89
NC
1606@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1607Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1608can be assembled.
1609
1610@item -EB
1611Assemble for a big endian target.
1612
1613@item -EL
1614Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1615
1616@end table
1617@end ifset
a3c62988 1618@c man end
252b5132 1619
a3c62988
NC
1620@ifset METAG
1621
1622@ifclear man
1623@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1624for a Meta processor.
1625@end ifclear
1626
1627@ifset man
1628@c man begin OPTIONS
1629The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1630Meta processor.
1631@c man end
1632@c man begin INCLUDE
1633@include c-metag.texi
1634@c ended inside the included file
1635@end ifset
1636
1637@end ifset
1638
1639@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1640@ifset MMIX
1641See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1642@end ifset
1643
35c08157
KLC
1644@ifset NDS32
1645
1646@ifclear man
1647@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1648for a NDS32 processor.
1649@end ifclear
1650@c ended inside the included file
1651@end ifset
1652
1653@ifset man
1654@c man begin OPTIONS
1655The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1656NDS32 processor.
1657@c man end
1658@c man begin INCLUDE
1659@include c-nds32.texi
1660@c ended inside the included file
1661@end ifset
1662
635fb38d 1663@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1664@ifset PPC
1665
1666@ifclear man
1667@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1668for a PowerPC processor.
1669@end ifclear
1670
1671@ifset man
1672@c man begin OPTIONS
1673The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1674PowerPC processor.
1675@c man end
1676@c man begin INCLUDE
1677@include c-ppc.texi
1678@c ended inside the included file
1679@end ifset
1680
1681@end ifset
1682
e23eba97
NC
1683@ifset RISCV
1684
1685@ifclear man
b57e49f7 1686@xref{RISC-V-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
e23eba97
NC
1687for a RISC-V processor.
1688@end ifclear
1689
1690@ifset man
1691@c man begin OPTIONS
1692The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
b57e49f7 1693RISC-V processor.
e23eba97
NC
1694@c man end
1695@c man begin INCLUDE
1696@include c-riscv.texi
1697@c ended inside the included file
1698@end ifset
1699
1700@end ifset
1701
635fb38d 1702@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1703@ifset RX
1704See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1705@end ifset
1706
11c19e16
MS
1707@ifset S390
1708The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1709processor family.
1710
1711@table @gcctabopt
1712@item -m31
1713@itemx -m64
1714Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1715@item -mesa
1716@item -mzarch
1717Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1718Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1719@item -march=@var{processor}
952c3f51
AK
1720Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g5} (or
1721@samp{arch3}), @samp{g6}, @samp{z900} (or @samp{arch5}), @samp{z990} (or
1722@samp{arch6}), @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec} (or @samp{arch7}), @samp{z10} (or
1723@samp{arch8}), @samp{z196} (or @samp{arch9}), @samp{zEC12} (or @samp{arch10}),
47826cdb 1724@samp{z13} (or @samp{arch11}), or @samp{z14} (or @samp{arch12}).
11c19e16
MS
1725@item -mregnames
1726@itemx -mno-regnames
1727Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1728@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1729Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1730but evaluates to zero.
1731@end table
1732@end ifset
2a633939 1733@c man end
11c19e16 1734
40b36596 1735@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1736
1737@ifclear man
1738@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1739for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1740@end ifclear
1741
1742@ifset man
1743@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1744The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1745TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1746@c man end
1747@c man begin INCLUDE
1748@include c-tic6x.texi
1749@c ended inside the included file
1750@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1751
1752@end ifset
1753
aa137e4d
NC
1754@ifset TILEGX
1755
1756@ifclear man
1757@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1758for a TILE-Gx processor.
1759@end ifclear
1760
1761@ifset man
1762@c man begin OPTIONS
1763The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1764processor.
1765@c man end
1766@c man begin INCLUDE
1767@include c-tilegx.texi
1768@c ended inside the included file
1769@end ifset
1770
1771@end ifset
1772
b6605ddd
EB
1773@ifset VISIUM
1774
1775@ifclear man
1776@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1777for a Visium processor.
1778@end ifclear
1779
1780@ifset man
1781@c man begin OPTIONS
1782The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1783processor.
1784@c man end
1785@c man begin INCLUDE
1786@include c-visium.texi
1787@c ended inside the included file
1788@end ifset
1789
1790@end ifset
1791
e0001a05 1792@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1793
2d8b84ae
SA
1794@ifclear man
1795@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1796for an Xtensa processor.
1797@end ifclear
1798
1799@ifset man
1800@c man begin OPTIONS
1801The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1802Xtensa processor.
1803@c man end
1804@c man begin INCLUDE
1805@include c-xtensa.texi
1806@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1807@end ifset
1808
2d8b84ae
SA
1809@end ifset
1810
1811@c man begin OPTIONS
1812
3c9b82ba
NC
1813@ifset Z80
1814The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1815a Z80 family processor.
1816@table @gcctabopt
1817@item -z80
1818Assemble for Z80 processor.
1819@item -r800
1820Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1821@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1822@itemx -Wnud
1823Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1824@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1825@itemx -Wnup
1826Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1827@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1828@itemx -Wud
1829Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1830@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1831@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1832Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1833@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1834@itemx -Fud
1835Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1836@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1837@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1838Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1839@end table
1840@end ifset
1841
0285c67d
NC
1842@c man end
1843
252b5132
RH
1844@menu
1845* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1846* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1847* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1848* Command Line:: Command Line
1849* Input Files:: Input Files
1850* Object:: Output (Object) File
1851* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1852@end menu
1853
1854@node Manual
1855@section Structure of this Manual
1856
1857@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1858This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1859@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1860notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1861@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1862
1863@ifclear GENERIC
1864We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1865configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1866@end ifclear
1867@ifset GENERIC
1868This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1869various flavors of the assembler.
1870@end ifset
1871
1872@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1873On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1874to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1875In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1876architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1877mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1878particular architecture.
1879@ifset GENERIC
1880You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1881machine architecture manual for this information.
1882@end ifset
1883@ifclear GENERIC
1884@ifset H8/300
1885For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1886Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1887Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1888@end ifset
252b5132 1889@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1890For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1891see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1892@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1893@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1894@end ifset
1895@ifset Z8000
1896For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1897@end ifset
1898@end ifclear
1899
1900@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1901@ignore
1902Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1903the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1904Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1905computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1906once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1907qualification.
1908
a4fb0134 1909@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1910human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1911computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1912@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1913@end ignore
1914
1915@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1916@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1917@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1918@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1919@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1920@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1921@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1922@c directives).
1923
1924@node GNU Assembler
1925@section The GNU Assembler
1926
0285c67d
NC
1927@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1928
a4fb0134 1929@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1930@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1931This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1932configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1933@end ifclear
1934If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1935should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1936architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1937including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1938@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1939
1940@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1941@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1942@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1943@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1944assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1945machine would assemble.
1946@ifset VAX
1947Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1948@end ifset
1949@ifset M680X0
1950@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1951@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1952This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1953assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1954incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1955@end ifset
1956
0285c67d
NC
1957@c man end
1958
a4fb0134 1959Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1960program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1961@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1962
1963@node Object Formats
1964@section Object File Formats
1965
1966@cindex object file format
1967The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1968object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1969write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1970are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1971Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1972@ifclear GENERIC
1973@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1974For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1975@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1976@end ifclear
1977@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1978@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1979On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1980SOM or ELF format object files.
1981@end ifset
1982@end ifclear
1983
1984@node Command Line
1985@section Command Line
1986
1987@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1988
a4fb0134 1989After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1990options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1991before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1992significant.
1993
1994@cindex standard input, as input file
1995@kindex --
1996@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1997explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1998
1999@cindex options, command line
2000Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
2001hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 2002@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
2003option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
2004the letter is important. All options are optional.
2005
2006Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
2007name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
2008with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
2009standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
2010
2011@smallexample
2012@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
2013@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
2014@end smallexample
2015
2016@node Input Files
2017@section Input Files
2018
2019@cindex input
2020@cindex source program
2021@cindex files, input
2022We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 2023describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
2024be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
2025doesn't change the meaning of the source.
2026
2027@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
2028@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
2029The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
2030order specified.
2031
0285c67d 2032@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 2033Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
2034program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
2035(The standard input is also a file.)
2036
a4fb0134 2037You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
2038names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
2039command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
2040is taken to be an input file name.
2041
a4fb0134
SC
2042If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
2043from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
2044may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
2045to assemble.
2046
2047Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
2048in your command line.
2049
a4fb0134 2050If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
2051file.
2052
0285c67d
NC
2053@c man end
2054
252b5132
RH
2055@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
2056
2057@cindex input file linenumbers
2058@cindex line numbers, in input files
2059There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
2060either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
2061number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
2062``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
2063
2064@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 2065to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2066
2067@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
2068directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
2069error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
2070is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
2071@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
2072@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
2073
2074@node Object
2075@section Output (Object) File
2076
2077@cindex object file
2078@cindex output file
2079@kindex a.out
2080@kindex .o
a4fb0134 2081Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132 2082your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
a8eb42a8 2083is the object file. Its default name is @code{a.out}.
a4fb0134 2084You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
2085object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2086reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2087directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2088possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2089
2090@cindex linker
2091@kindex ld
2092The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2093assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2094the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2095information for the debugger.
2096
2097@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2098@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2099
2100@node Errors
2101@section Error and Warning Messages
2102
0285c67d
NC
2103@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2104
a349d9dd 2105@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2106@cindex warning messages
2107@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2108@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2109file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2110runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2111that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2112grave problem that stops the assembly.
2113
0285c67d
NC
2114@c man end
2115
252b5132
RH
2116@cindex format of warning messages
2117Warning messages have the format
2118
2119@smallexample
2120file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2121@end smallexample
2122
2123@noindent
72e0b254
NC
2124@cindex file names and line numbers, in warnings/errors
2125(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If both a logical file name
2126(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) and a logical line number
252b5132
RH
2127@ifset GENERIC
2128(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2129@end ifset
72e0b254
NC
2130have been given then they will be used, otherwise the file name and line number
2131in the current assembler source file will be used. The message text is
2132intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix tradition).
2133
2134Note the file name must be set via the logical version of the @code{.file}
2135directive, not the DWARF2 version of the @code{.file} directive. For example:
2136
2137@smallexample
2138 .file 2 "bar.c"
2139 error_assembler_source
2140 .file "foo.c"
2141 .line 30
2142 error_c_source
2143@end smallexample
2144
2145produces this output:
2146
2147@smallexample
2148 Assembler messages:
2149 asm.s:2: Error: no such instruction: `error_assembler_source'
2150 foo.c:31: Error: no such instruction: `error_c_source'
2151@end smallexample
252b5132
RH
2152
2153@cindex format of error messages
2154Error messages have the format
72e0b254 2155
252b5132
RH
2156@smallexample
2157file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2158@end smallexample
72e0b254 2159
252b5132
RH
2160The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2161messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2162because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2163
2164@node Invoking
2165@chapter Command-Line Options
2166
2167@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2168This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2169versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2170for options specific
252b5132 2171@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2172to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2173@end ifclear
2174@ifset GENERIC
2175to particular machine architectures.
2176@end ifset
2177
0285c67d
NC
2178@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2179
c1253627 2180If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2181you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2182The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2183by commas. For example:
2184
2185@smallexample
2186gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2187@end smallexample
2188
2189@noindent
2190This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2191standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2192local symbols in the symbol table).
2193
2194Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2195command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2196(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2197precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2198assembler.)
2199
0285c67d
NC
2200@c man end
2201
252b5132 2202@menu
83f10cb2 2203* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2204* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2205* D:: -D for compatibility
2206* f:: -f to work faster
2207* I:: -I for .include search path
2208@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2209* K:: -K for compatibility
2210@end ifclear
2211@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2212* K:: -K for difference tables
2213@end ifset
2214
ba83aca1 2215* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2216* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2217* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2218* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2edb36e7 2219* no-pad-sections:: --no-pad-sections to stop section padding
252b5132
RH
2220* o:: -o to name the object file
2221* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2222* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2223* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2224* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2225* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2226* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2227@end menu
2228
2229@node a
83f10cb2 2230@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2231
2232@kindex -a
2233@kindex -ac
2234@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2235@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2236@kindex -ah
2237@kindex -al
2238@kindex -an
2239@kindex -as
2240@cindex listings, enabling
2241@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2242
2243These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2244@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2245You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2246@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2247@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2248@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2249High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2250@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2251also.
2252
83f10cb2
NC
2253Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2254information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2255
252b5132
RH
2256Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2257which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2258other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2259omitted from the listing.
2260
2261Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2262listing.
2263
2264Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2265listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2266@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2267@code{.sbttl}.
2268The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2269If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2270listing-control directives have no effect.
2271
2272The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2273@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2274
96e9638b
BW
2275Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2276because it
c3a27914
NC
2277is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2278is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2279directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2280stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2281memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2282
caa32fe5
NC
2283@node alternate
2284@section @option{--alternate}
2285
2286@kindex --alternate
2287Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2288
252b5132 2289@node D
a4fb0134 2290@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2291
2292@kindex -D
2293This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2294likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2295@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2296
2297@node f
a4fb0134 2298@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2299
2300@kindex -f
2301@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2302@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2303@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2304(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2305and comment preprocessing on
2306the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2307,Preprocessing}.
2308
2309@quotation
2310@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2311preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2312not work correctly.
2313@end quotation
2314
2315@node I
c1253627 2316@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2317
2318@kindex -I @var{path}
2319@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2320@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2321@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2322Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2323@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2324directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2325many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2326working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2327searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2328specified (left to right) on the command line.
2329
2330@node K
a4fb0134 2331@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2332
2333@kindex -K
2334@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2335On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2336permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2337where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2338generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2339family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2340alteration on other platforms.
2341@end ifclear
2342
2343@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2344@cindex difference tables, warning
2345@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2346@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2347form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2348You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2349is done.
2350@end ifset
2351
2352@node L
ba83aca1 2353@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2354
2355@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2356@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2357Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2358@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2359called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2360such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2361programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2362notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2363such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2364
2365This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2366in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2367@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2368
c3a27914 2369@node listing
a4fb0134 2370@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2371
2372The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2373@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2374hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2375them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2376directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2377@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2378@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2379@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2380
a4fb0134 2381@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2382@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2383@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2384@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2385Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2386dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2387
2388@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2389@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2390@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2391Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2392a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2393the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2394switch is used the default is to one.
2395
2396@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2397@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2398@cindex Width of source line output
2399Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2400alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2401source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2402
2403@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2404@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2405@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2406Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2407displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2408@end table
2409
252b5132 2410@node M
a4fb0134 2411@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2412
2413@kindex -M
2414@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2415The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2416changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
a8eb42a8
AM
2417compatible with the @code{ASM68K} assembler from Microtec Research.
2418The exact nature of the
252b5132
RH
2419MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2420information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2421arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2422assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2423
2424The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2425depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2426file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2427individually. These are:
2428
2429@itemize @bullet
2430@item global symbols in common section
2431
2432The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2433Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2434common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2435symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2436symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2437
2438@item complex relocations
2439
2440The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2441relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2442are not support by other object file formats.
2443
2444@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2445
2446The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2447This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2448instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2449script.
2450
2451@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2452
2453The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2454name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2455
2456@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2457
2458The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2459address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2460which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2461not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2462assigned within a linker script.
2463@end itemize
2464
2465There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2466@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2467seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2468
2469@itemize @bullet
2470
2471@item EBCDIC strings
2472
2473EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2474
2475@item packed binary coded decimal
2476
2477Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2478and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2479
2480@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2481
2482The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2483
2484@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2485
2486The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2487
2488@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2489
2490The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2491@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2492relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2493these options serve no purpose.
2494
2495@item @code{OPT} list control options
2496
2497The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2498@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2499@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2500
2501@item other @code{OPT} options
2502
2503The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2504@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2505
2506@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2507
2508The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2509@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2510
2511@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2512
2513The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2514
252b5132
RH
2515@end itemize
2516
2517@node MD
c1253627 2518@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2519
2520@kindex --MD
2521@cindex dependency tracking
2522@cindex make rules
2523
a4fb0134 2524@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2525file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2526dependencies of the main source file.
2527
2528The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2529
2530This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2531
2edb36e7
NC
2532@node no-pad-sections
2533@section Output Section Padding
2534@kindex --no-pad-sections
2535@cindex output section padding
2536Normally the assembler will pad the end of each output section up to its
2537alignment boundary. But this can waste space, which can be significant on
2538memory constrained targets. So the @option{--no-pad-sections} option will
2539disable this behaviour.
2540
252b5132 2541@node o
a4fb0134 2542@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2543
2544@kindex -o
2545@cindex naming object file
2546@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2547There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
a8eb42a8 2548default it has the name @file{a.out}.
252b5132
RH
2549You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2550object file a different name.
2551
a4fb0134 2552Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2553existing file of the same name.
2554
2555@node R
a4fb0134 2556@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2557
2558@kindex -R
2559@cindex data and text sections, joining
2560@cindex text and data sections, joining
2561@cindex joining text and data sections
2562@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2563@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2564data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2565the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2566section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2567your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2568appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2569
a4fb0134 2570When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2571address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2572data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2573older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2574
c1253627
NC
2575@ifset COFF-ELF
2576When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2577this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2578@samp{.data}.
2579@end ifset
2580
2581@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2582@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2583@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2584@end ifset
2585
2586@node statistics
a4fb0134 2587@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2588
2589@kindex --statistics
2590@cindex statistics, about assembly
2591@cindex time, total for assembly
2592@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2593Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2594@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2595(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2596seconds).
2597
2598@node traditional-format
c1253627 2599@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2600
2601@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2602For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2603from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2604@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2605
2606For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2607@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2608
2609@node v
a4fb0134 2610@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2611
2612@kindex -v
2613@kindex -version
2614@cindex assembler version
2615@cindex version of assembler
2616You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2617option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2618command line.
2619
2620@node W
a4fb0134 2621@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2622
a4fb0134 2623@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2624assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2625cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2626made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2627
c1253627
NC
2628@kindex -W
2629@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2630@cindex suppressing warnings
2631@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2632If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2633This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2634how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2635are still reported.
2636
c1253627 2637@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2638@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2639@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2640If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2641files that generate warnings to be in error.
2642
c1253627 2643@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2644@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2645You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2646causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2647
2648@node Z
a4fb0134 2649@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2650@cindex object file, after errors
2651@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2652After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2653some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2654@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2655option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2656writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2657errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2658
2659@node Syntax
2660@chapter Syntax
2661
2662@cindex machine-independent syntax
2663@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2664This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2665source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2666assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2667@ifclear VAX
2668assembler.
2669@end ifclear
2670@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2671assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2672@end ifset
2673
2674@menu
7c31ae13 2675* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2676* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2677* Comments:: Comments
2678* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2679* Statements:: Statements
2680* Constants:: Constants
2681@end menu
2682
2683@node Preprocessing
2684@section Preprocessing
2685
2686@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2687The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2688@itemize @bullet
2689@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2690@item
2691adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2692the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2693a single space.
2694
2695@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2696@item
2697removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2698appropriate number of newlines.
2699
2700@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2701@item
2702converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2703@end itemize
2704
2705It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2706anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2707do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2708(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2709to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2710@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
2edb36e7 2711Output, gcc info, Using GNU CC}.
252b5132
RH
2712
2713Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2714cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2715preprocessed.
2716
2717@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2718@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2719@kindex #NO_APP
2720@kindex #APP
2721If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2722@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2723Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2724specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2725text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2726@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2727@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2728and whitespace.
2729
2730@node Whitespace
2731@section Whitespace
2732
2733@cindex whitespace
2734@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2735Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2736people to read. Unless within character constants
2737(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2738as exactly one space.
2739
2740@node Comments
2741@section Comments
2742
2743@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2744There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2745cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2746
2747Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2748This means you may not nest these comments.
2749
2750@smallexample
2751/*
2752 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2753 is to use this sort of comment.
2754*/
2755
2756/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2757@end smallexample
2758
2759@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2760Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2761considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2762specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2763line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2764line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2765comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2766upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2767@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2768
2769If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2770special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2771to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2772
2773@kindex #
2774@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2775@cindex logical line numbers
2776To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2777special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2778expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2779line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2780new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2781
2782If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2783the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2784
2785@smallexample
2786 # This is an ordinary comment.
2787# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2788 # This is logical line # 36.
2789@end smallexample
2790This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2791of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2792
2793@node Symbol Intro
2794@section Symbols
2795
2796@cindex characters used in symbols
2797@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2798A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2799letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2800@samp{_.$}.
2801@end ifclear
2802@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2803@ifclear GENERIC
2804@ifset H8
2805A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2806letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2807@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2808symbol names.)
2809@end ifset
2810@end ifclear
2811@end ifset
2812@ifset GENERIC
2813On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2814are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2815@end ifset
2816No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
d02603dc 2817There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
7bfd842d
NC
2818are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2819beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2820of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
d02603dc
NC
2821
2822Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such
2823cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double
2824quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceeded by a
2825backslash @code{\} character.
252b5132
RH
2826@cindex length of symbols
2827
2828@node Statements
2829@section Statements
2830
2831@cindex statements, structure of
2832@cindex line separator character
2833@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2834
2835A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2836@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2837specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2838target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2839The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2840preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2841exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2842
2843@cindex newline, required at file end
2844@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2845It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2846character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2847
2848An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2849
2850@cindex instructions and directives
2851@cindex directives and instructions
2852@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2853@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2854@c 13feb91.
2855A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2856key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2857symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2858symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2859directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2860a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2861assembles into a machine language instruction.
2862@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2863Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2864recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2865represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2866language.@refill
2867@end ifset
2868
2869@cindex @code{:} (label)
2870@cindex label (@code{:})
2871A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2872Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2873have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2874
2875@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2876For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2877the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2878only one label may be defined on each line.
2879@end ifset
2880
2881@smallexample
2882label: .directive followed by something
2883another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2884 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2885@end smallexample
2886
2887@node Constants
2888@section Constants
2889
2890@cindex constants
2891A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2892inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2893@smallexample
2894@group
2895.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2896.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2897.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2898.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
289995028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2900@end group
2901@end smallexample
2902
2903@menu
2904* Characters:: Character Constants
2905* Numbers:: Number Constants
2906@end menu
2907
2908@node Characters
2909@subsection Character Constants
2910
2911@cindex character constants
2912@cindex constants, character
2913There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2914for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2915numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2916@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2917used in arithmetic expressions.
2918
2919@menu
2920* Strings:: Strings
2921* Chars:: Characters
2922@end menu
2923
2924@node Strings
2925@subsubsection Strings
2926
2927@cindex string constants
2928@cindex constants, string
2929A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2930double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2931into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2932a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2933one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2934@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2935(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2936escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2937
2938@cindex escape codes, character
2939@cindex character escape codes
361fa3a4
NC
2940@c NOTE: Cindex entries must not start with a backlash character.
2941@c NOTE: This confuses the pdf2texi script when it is creating the
2942@c NOTE: index based upon the first character and so it generates:
2943@c NOTE: \initial {\\}
2944@c NOTE: which then results in the error message:
2945@c NOTE: Argument of \\ has an extra }.
2946@c NOTE: So in the index entries below a space character has been
2947@c NOTE: prepended to avoid this problem.
252b5132
RH
2948@table @kbd
2949@c @item \a
2950@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2951@c
361fa3a4 2952@cindex @code{ \b} (backspace character)
252b5132
RH
2953@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2954@item \b
2955Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2956
2957@c @item \e
2958@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2959@c
361fa3a4 2960@cindex @code{ \f} (formfeed character)
252b5132 2961@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
361fa3a4 2962@item backslash-f
252b5132
RH
2963Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2964
361fa3a4 2965@cindex @code{ \n} (newline character)
252b5132
RH
2966@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2967@item \n
2968Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2969
2970@c @item \p
2971@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2972@c
361fa3a4
NC
2973@cindex @code{ \r} (carriage return character)
2974@cindex carriage return (@code{backslash-r})
252b5132
RH
2975@item \r
2976Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2977
2978@c @item \s
2979@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2980@c other assemblers.
2981@c
361fa3a4 2982@cindex @code{ \t} (tab)
252b5132
RH
2983@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2984@item \t
2985Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2986
2987@c @item \v
2988@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2989@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2990@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2991@c
361fa3a4 2992@cindex @code{ \@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
252b5132
RH
2993@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2994@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2995An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2996For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2997for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2998
361fa3a4 2999@cindex @code{ \@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
252b5132
RH
3000@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
3001@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
3002A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
3003lower case @code{x} works.
3004
361fa3a4 3005@cindex @code{ \\} (@samp{\} character)
252b5132
RH
3006@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
3007@item \\
3008Represents one @samp{\} character.
3009
3010@c @item \'
3011@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
3012@c This is needed in single character literals
3013@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
3014@c a @samp{'}.
3015@c
361fa3a4 3016@cindex @code{ \"} (doublequote character)
252b5132
RH
3017@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
3018@item \"
3019Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
3020this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
3021
3022@item \ @var{anything-else}
3023Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
3024assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
3025you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
3026interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
3027other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
3028code and warns you of the fact.
3029@end table
3030
3031Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
3032varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
3033the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
3034compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
3035sequence.
3036
3037@node Chars
3038@subsubsection Characters
3039
3040@cindex single character constant
3041@cindex character, single
3042@cindex constant, single character
9962fe29
AM
3043A single character may be written as a single quote immediately followed by
3044that character. Some backslash escapes apply to characters, @code{\b},
3045@code{\f}, @code{\n}, @code{\r}, @code{\t}, and @code{\"} with the same meaning
3046as for strings, plus @code{\'} for a single quote. So if you want to write the
3047character backslash, you must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes
3048the second @code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a grave
3049accent. A newline
252b5132
RH
3050@ifclear GENERIC
3051@ifclear abnormal-separator
3052(or semicolon @samp{;})
3053@end ifclear
3054@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
3055@ifset H8
3056(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 3057Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
3058@end ifset
3059@end ifset
3060@end ifclear
3061immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
3062and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
3063constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 3064that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
3065@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
3066
3067@node Numbers
3068@subsection Number Constants
3069
3070@cindex constants, number
3071@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 3072@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
3073are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
3074would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
3075integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
3076are floating point numbers, described below.
3077
3078@menu
3079* Integers:: Integers
3080* Bignums:: Bignums
3081* Flonums:: Flonums
3082@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3083@end ifclear
3084@end menu
3085
3086@node Integers
3087@subsubsection Integers
3088@cindex integers
3089@cindex constants, integer
3090
3091@cindex binary integers
3092@cindex integers, binary
3093A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3094the binary digits @samp{01}.
3095
3096@cindex octal integers
3097@cindex integers, octal
3098An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3099digits (@samp{01234567}).
3100
3101@cindex decimal integers
3102@cindex integers, decimal
3103A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3104more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3105
3106@cindex hexadecimal integers
3107@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3108A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3109more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3110
3111Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3112the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3113(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3114
3115@node Bignums
3116@subsubsection Bignums
3117
3118@cindex bignums
3119@cindex constants, bignum
3120A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3121except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3122represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3123integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3124
3125@node Flonums
3126@subsubsection Flonums
3127@cindex flonums
3128@cindex floating point numbers
3129@cindex constants, floating point
3130
3131@cindex precision, floating point
3132A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3133indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3134@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3135sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3136to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3137portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3138
3139A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3140@itemize @bullet
3141@item
3142The digit @samp{0}.
3143@ifset HPPA
3144(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3145@end ifset
3146
3147@item
a4fb0134 3148A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3149@ifset GENERIC
3150@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3151@ignore
3152@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3153(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
31544.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3155@end ignore
3156
a8eb42a8 3157On the H8/300 and Renesas / SuperH SH architectures, the letter must be
252b5132
RH
3158one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3159
3160On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3161(in upper or lower case).
3162
252b5132
RH
3163On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3164@end ifset
3165@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3166@ifset ARC
3167One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3168@end ifset
3169@ifset H8
3170One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3171@end ifset
3172@ifset HPPA
3173The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3174@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3175@end ifclear
3176
3177@item
3178An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3179
3180@item
3181An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3182
3183@item
3184An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3185or more decimal digits.
3186
3187@item
3188An optional exponent, consisting of:
3189
3190@itemize @bullet
3191@item
3192An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3193@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3194@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3195@item
3196Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3197@item
3198One or more decimal digits.
3199@end itemize
3200
3201@end itemize
3202
3203At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3204present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3205
a4fb0134 3206@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3207independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3208@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 3209
252b5132
RH
3210@node Sections
3211@chapter Sections and Relocation
3212@cindex sections
3213@cindex relocation
3214
3215@menu
3216* Secs Background:: Background
3217* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3218* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3219* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3220* bss:: bss Section
3221@end menu
3222
3223@node Secs Background
3224@section Background
3225
3226Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3227``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3228For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3229
3230@cindex linker, and assembler
3231@cindex assembler, and linker
3232The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3233combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3234emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3235@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3236different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3237oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3238sections.
3239
3240@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3241addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3242units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3243within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3244run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3245the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3246the proper run-time addresses.
3247@ifset H8
7be1c489 3248For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3249@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3250ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3251@end ifset
3252
3253@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3254An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3255of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3256@dfn{bss} sections.
3257
c1253627 3258@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3259@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3260When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3261@end ifset
a4fb0134 3262@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3263using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3264If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3265or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3266@end ifset
3267
3268@ifset HPPA
3269@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3270When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3271@end ifset
a4fb0134 3272@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3273specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3274@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3275(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3276assembler directives.
3277
3278@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3279Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3280text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3281is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3282BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3283@end ifset
3284@end ifset
3285
3286Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3287data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3288
3289@ifset HPPA
3290When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3291section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3292@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3293@end ifset
3294
3295To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3296relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3297object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3298@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3299file is mentioned:
3300@itemize @bullet
3301@item
3302Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3303an address?
3304@item
3305How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3306@item
3307Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3308@display
3309(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3310@end display
3311@item
3312Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3313@end itemize
3314
3315@cindex addresses, format of
3316@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3317In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3318@display
3319(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3320@end display
3321@noindent
a4fb0134 3322Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3323nature.
3324@ifset SOM
3325(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3326symbol-relative instead.)
3327@end ifset
3328
3329In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3330@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3331
3332Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3333@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3334addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3335@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3336@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3337data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3338their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3339part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3340address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3341
3342The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3343address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3344rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3345Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3346address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3347common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3348time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3349
3350By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3351the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3352sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3353customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3354the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3355data and bss sections.
3356
3357Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3358use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3359
3360@node Ld Sections
3361@section Linker Sections
3362@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3363
3364@table @strong
3365
c1253627 3366@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3367@cindex named sections
3368@cindex sections, named
3369@item named sections
3370@end ifset
a8eb42a8 3371@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3372@cindex text section
3373@cindex data section
3374@itemx text section
3375@itemx data section
3376@end ifset
a4fb0134 3377These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3378separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627 3379true of another.
a8eb42a8 3380@c @ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3381When the program is running, however, it is
3382customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3383text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3384instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3385program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3386in the data section.
c1253627 3387@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3388
3389@cindex bss section
3390@item bss section
3391This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3392is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3393each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3394out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3395bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3396those explicit zeros from object files.
3397
3398@cindex absolute section
3399@item absolute section
3400Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3401This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3402not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3403addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3404
3405@cindex undefined section
3406@item undefined section
3407This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3408the preceding sections.
3409@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3410@end table
3411
3412@cindex relocation example
3413An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3414@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3415The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3416@end ifset
3417Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3418
3419@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3420@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3421@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3422@smallexample
3423 +-----+----+--+
3424partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3425 +-----+----+--+
3426
3427 text data bss
3428 seg. seg. seg.
3429
3430 +---+---+---+
3431partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3432 +---+---+---+
3433
3434 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3435linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3436 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3437
3438 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3439@end smallexample
3440@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3441@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3442@need 5000
3443@tex
c1253627 3444\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3445\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3446\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3447\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3448
3449\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3450\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3451\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3452
3453\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3454\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3455\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3456ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3457DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3458
3459\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3460\line{0\dots\hfil}
3461
3462@end tex
3463@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3464
3465@node As Sections
3466@section Assembler Internal Sections
3467
3468@cindex internal assembler sections
3469@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3470These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3471have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3472sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3473warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3474meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3475value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3476section-relative address.
3477
3478@table @b
3479@cindex assembler internal logic error
3480@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3481An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3482bug in the assembler.
3483
3484@cindex expr (internal section)
3485@item expr section
3486The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3487symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3488it in the expr section.
3489@c FIXME item debug
3490@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3491@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3492@c FIXME item register
3493@end table
3494
3495@node Sub-Sections
3496@section Sub-Sections
3497
3498@cindex numbered subsections
3499@cindex grouping data
a8eb42a8 3500@ifset aout
252b5132 3501Assembled bytes
c1253627 3502@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3503conventionally
3504@end ifset
3505fall into two sections: text and data.
3506@end ifset
3507You may have separate groups of
3508@ifset GENERIC
3509data in named sections
3510@end ifset
3511@ifclear GENERIC
a8eb42a8 3512@ifclear aout
252b5132
RH
3513data in named sections
3514@end ifclear
a8eb42a8 3515@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3516text or data
3517@end ifset
3518@end ifclear
3519that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3520are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3521use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3522numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3523same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3524subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3525section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3526assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3527section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3528constants being output.
3529
3530Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3531goes in subsection number zero.
3532
3533@ifset GENERIC
3534Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3535(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3536of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3537@end ifset
3538@ifclear GENERIC
3539@ifset H8
7be1c489 3540On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3541boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3542The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132 3543@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3544@end ifclear
3545
3546Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3547to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3548The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3549other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3550They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3551data subsections as a data section.
3552
3553To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3554into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3555@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3556@ifset COFF
252b5132 3557@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3558When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3559@end ifset
3560@ifclear GENERIC
3561You
3562@end ifclear
3563can also use an extra subsection
3564argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3565@var{expression}}.
3566@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3567@ifset ELF
3568@ifset GENERIC
3569When generating ELF output, you
3570@end ifset
3571@ifclear GENERIC
3572You
3573@end ifclear
3574can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3575to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3576@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3577@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3578(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3579is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3580begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3581@smallexample
3582.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3583.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3584.text 1
3585.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3586.data 0
3587.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3588.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3589.text 0
3590.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3591.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3592@end smallexample
3593
3594Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3595assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3596restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3597counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3598@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3599current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3600assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3601
3602@node bss
3603@section bss Section
3604
3605@cindex bss section
3606@cindex common variable storage
3607The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3608You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3609not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3610your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3611section are zeroed bytes.
3612
3613The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3614@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3615
3616The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3617another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3618
3619@ifset GENERIC
3620When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3621COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3622see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3623section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3624@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3625@end ifset
3626
3627@node Symbols
3628@chapter Symbols
3629
3630@cindex symbols
3631Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3632things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3633to debug.
3634
3635@quotation
3636@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3637@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3638the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3639@end quotation
3640
3641@menu
3642* Labels:: Labels
3643* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3644* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3645* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3646* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3647@end menu
3648
3649@node Labels
3650@section Labels
3651
3652@cindex labels
3653A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3654@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3655active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3656operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3657different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3658definitions.
3659
3660@ifset HPPA
3661On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3662colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3663a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3664provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3665@end ifset
3666
3667@node Setting Symbols
3668@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3669
3670@cindex assigning values to symbols
3671@cindex symbol values, assigning
3672A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3673by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3674(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3675directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3676equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3677@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3678
f8739b83
JZ
3679@ifset Blackfin
3680Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3681@end ifset
3682
252b5132
RH
3683@node Symbol Names
3684@section Symbol Names
3685
3686@cindex symbol names
3687@cindex names, symbol
3688@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3689Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3690machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3691noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3692string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3693particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3694@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3695@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3696@ifset H8
3697Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3698Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3699character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3700on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3701@end ifset
3702@end ifset
3703
3704Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3705than @code{Foo}.
3706
ed1fcdd1
NC
3707Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3708Local Labels. See below.
3709
7bfd842d
NC
3710Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3711multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3712@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3713currently supported.
3714
252b5132
RH
3715Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3716refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3717in a program.
3718
3719@subheading Local Symbol Names
3720
3721@cindex local symbol names
3722@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3723A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3724By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3725@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3726set of local label prefixes.
3727@ifset HPPA
3728On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3729@end ifset
3730
3731Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3732normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3733You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3734to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3735
3736@subheading Local Labels
3737
3738@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3739@cindex temporary symbol names
3740@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3741Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3742programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3743be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3744referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
9791c250
AM
3745the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer).
3746To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write
3747@samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer
3748to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b}
3749stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3750
3751There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3752too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3753the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3754defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3755definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3756noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3757implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3758
3759Here is an example:
3760
3761@smallexample
37621: branch 1f
37632: branch 1b
37641: branch 2f
37652: branch 1b
3766@end smallexample
3767
3768Which is the equivalent of:
3769
3770@smallexample
3771label_1: branch label_3
3772label_2: branch label_1
3773label_3: branch label_4
3774label_4: branch label_3
3775@end smallexample
3776
ba83aca1 3777Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3778transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3779The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3780are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3781these parts:
252b5132
RH
3782
3783@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3784@item @emph{local label prefix}
3785All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3786Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3787that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3788used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3789@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3790object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3791you may use them in debugging.
3792
2d5aaba0
NC
3793@item @var{number}
3794This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3795label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3796
2d5aaba0
NC
3797@item @kbd{C-B}
3798This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3799of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3800
3801@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3802This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3803@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3804number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3805the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3806@end table
3807
ba83aca1
BW
3808So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3809the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3810
3811@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3812@cindex dollar local symbols
3813
ed1fcdd1
NC
3814On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3815local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3816become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3817valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3818by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3819by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3820
3821Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3822except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3823@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3824
3825They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3826names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3827to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3828@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3829
3830@node Dot
3831@section The Special Dot Symbol
3832
3833@cindex dot (symbol)
3834@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3835@cindex current address
3836@cindex location counter
3837The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3838@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3839.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3840Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3841directive.
252b5132 3842@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3843Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3844@samp{.space 4}.
3845@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3846
3847@node Symbol Attributes
3848@section Symbol Attributes
3849
3850@cindex symbol attributes
3851@cindex attributes, symbol
3852Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3853``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3854attributes.
3855@ifset INTERNALS
3856The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3857@end ifset
3858
a4fb0134 3859If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3860all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3861symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3862would want.
3863
3864@menu
3865* Symbol Value:: Value
3866* Symbol Type:: Type
a8eb42a8 3867@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3868* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3869@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3870@ifset COFF
3871* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3872@end ifset
3873@ifset SOM
3874* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3875@end ifset
3876@end menu
3877
3878@node Symbol Value
3879@subsection Value
3880
3881@cindex value of a symbol
3882@cindex symbol value
3883The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3884location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3885number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3886Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3887as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3888symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3889called absolute.
3890
3891The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
38920 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3893@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3894same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3895name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3896common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3897bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3898allocated storage.
3899
3900@node Symbol Type
3901@subsection Type
3902
3903@cindex type of a symbol
3904@cindex symbol type
3905The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3906information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3907(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3908format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3909
a8eb42a8 3910@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3911@node a.out Symbols
3912@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3913
3914@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3915@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3916
252b5132
RH
3917@menu
3918* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3919* Symbol Other:: Other
3920@end menu
3921
3922@node Symbol Desc
3923@subsubsection Descriptor
3924
3925@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3926This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3927descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3928(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3929@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3930
3931@node Symbol Other
3932@subsubsection Other
3933
3934@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3935This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3936@end ifset
3937
3938@ifset COFF
3939@node COFF Symbols
3940@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3941
3942@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3943@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3944
3945The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3946like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3947@code{.endef} directives.
3948
3949@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3950
3951@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3952The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3953respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3954
3955@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3956
3957@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3958The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3959@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3960table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3961@end ifset
3962
3963@ifset SOM
3964@node SOM Symbols
3965@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3966
3967@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3968@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3969
3970The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3971the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3972
01642c12 3973The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3974Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3975@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3976@end ifset
3977
3978@node Expressions
3979@chapter Expressions
3980
3981@cindex expressions
3982@cindex addresses
3983@cindex numeric values
3984An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3985Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3986
3987The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3988a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3989enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3990section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3991the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3992@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3993
3994@menu
3995* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3996* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3997@end menu
3998
3999@node Empty Exprs
4000@section Empty Expressions
4001
4002@cindex empty expressions
4003@cindex expressions, empty
4004An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
4005Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 4006expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
4007is compatible with other assemblers.
4008
4009@node Integer Exprs
4010@section Integer Expressions
4011
4012@cindex integer expressions
4013@cindex expressions, integer
4014An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4015by @emph{operators}.
4016
4017@menu
4018* Arguments:: Arguments
4019* Operators:: Operators
4020* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4021* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4022@end menu
4023
4024@node Arguments
4025@subsection Arguments
4026
4027@cindex expression arguments
4028@cindex arguments in expressions
4029@cindex operands in expressions
4030@cindex arithmetic operands
4031@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4032contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4033this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4034the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4035expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4036instruction operands.
4037
4038Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4039@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4040or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4041integer.
4042
4043Numbers are usually integers.
4044
4045A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4046that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4047these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4048instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4049assemblers.
4050
4051@cindex subexpressions
4052Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4053expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4054operator followed by an argument.
4055
4056@node Operators
4057@subsection Operators
4058
4059@cindex operators, in expressions
4060@cindex arithmetic functions
4061@cindex functions, in expressions
4062@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4063operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4064between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4065whitespace.
4066
4067@node Prefix Ops
4068@subsection Prefix Operator
4069
4070@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4071@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4072one argument, which must be absolute.
4073
4074@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4075@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4076@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4077@tex
4078\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4079@end tex
4080
4081@table @code
4082@item -
4083@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4084@item ~
4085@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4086@end table
4087
4088@tex
4089\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4090@end tex
4091
4092@node Infix Ops
4093@subsection Infix Operators
4094
4095@cindex infix operators
4096@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4097@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4098have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4099to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4100absolute, and the result is absolute.
4101
4102@enumerate
4103@cindex operator precedence
4104@cindex precedence of operators
4105
4106@item
4107Highest Precedence
4108
4109@table @code
4110@item *
4111@dfn{Multiplication}.
4112
4113@item /
4114@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4115
4116@item %
4117@dfn{Remainder}.
4118
d1eac9d9 4119@item <<
252b5132
RH
4120@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4121
d1eac9d9 4122@item >>
252b5132
RH
4123@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4124@end table
4125
4126@item
4127Intermediate precedence
4128
4129@table @code
4130@item |
4131
4132@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4133
4134@item &
4135@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4136
4137@item ^
4138@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4139
4140@item !
4141@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4142@end table
4143
4144@item
b131d4dc 4145Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4146
4147@table @code
4148@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4149@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4150@cindex arguments for addition
4151@item +
4152@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4153the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4154sections.
4155
4156@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4157@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4158@cindex arguments for subtraction
4159@item -
4160@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4161result has the section of the left argument.
4162If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4163You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4164@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4165
4166@cindex comparison expressions
4167@cindex expressions, comparison
4168@item ==
4169@dfn{Is Equal To}
4170@item <>
723a8472 4171@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4172@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4173@item <
4174@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4175@item >
b131d4dc 4176@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4177@item >=
b131d4dc 4178@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4179@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4180@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4181
4182The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4183value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4184perform signed comparisons.
4185@end table
4186
4187@item Lowest Precedence
4188
4189@table @code
4190@item &&
4191@dfn{Logical And}.
4192
4193@item ||
4194@dfn{Logical Or}.
4195
4196These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4197expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4198value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4199or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4200
252b5132
RH
4201@end table
4202@end enumerate
4203
4204In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4205address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4206
4207@node Pseudo Ops
4208@chapter Assembler Directives
4209
4210@cindex directives, machine independent
4211@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4212@cindex machine independent directives
4213All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4214The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4215in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4216
4217This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4218target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4219@ifset GENERIC
4220Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4221@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4222@end ifset
4223@ifclear GENERIC
4224@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4225@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4226@end ifset
4227@end ifclear
4228
4229@menu
4230* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4231@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4232* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4233@end ifset
f0dc282c 4234
252b5132 4235* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4236* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4237* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4238* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4239* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
d3b47e2b 4240* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4241* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4242* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4243* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132 4244* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
340d33e5
NC
4245* Dc:: @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
4246* Dcb:: @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
4247* Ds:: @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
4248@ifset COFF
4249* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4250@end ifset
a8eb42a8 4251@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4252* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4253@end ifset
4254@ifset COFF
4255* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4256@end ifset
f0dc282c 4257
252b5132
RH
4258* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4259* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4260* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4261* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4262* End:: @code{.end}
4263@ifset COFF
4264* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4265@end ifset
f0dc282c 4266
252b5132
RH
4267* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4268* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4269* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4270* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4271* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4272* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4273* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4274* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4275* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4276* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4277* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4278* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4279* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4280* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4281* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4282@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4283* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4284* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4285@end ifset
f0dc282c 4286
252b5132
RH
4287* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4288* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4289* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4290* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4291* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4292* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4293@ifset ELF
4294* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4295@end ifset
f0dc282c 4296
252b5132
RH
4297* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4298* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4299* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4300* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4301@ifclear no-line-dir
4302* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4303@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4304
252b5132
RH
4305* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4306* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4307* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4308* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4309* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4310@ifset ELF
4311* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4312@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4313
252b5132
RH
4314* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4315@ignore
4316* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4317@end ignore
f0dc282c 4318
252b5132
RH
4319* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4320* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4321* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132 4322* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
8f065d3b 4323* Nops:: @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
252b5132 4324* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4325* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4326* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4327* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4328@ifset ELF
4329* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4330* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4331@end ifset
f0dc282c 4332
252b5132 4333* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4334@ifset ELF
4335* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4336@end ifset
f0dc282c 4337
252b5132
RH
4338* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4339* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4340@ifset ELF
4341* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4342@end ifset
f0dc282c 4343
252b5132 4344* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4345* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4346* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4347* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4348@ifset COFF
4349* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4350@end ifset
4351@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4352* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4353@end ifset
f0dc282c 4354
252b5132
RH
4355* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4356* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4357* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4358@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4359* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4360@end ifset
884f0d36 4361@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4362* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36
BW
4363@end ifclear
4364
252b5132 4365* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4366@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4367* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36 4368@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4369@ifset have-stabs
4370* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4371@end ifset
f0dc282c 4372
38a57ae7 4373* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4374* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4375@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4376* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4377* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4378@end ifset
f0dc282c 4379
252b5132
RH
4380@ifset COFF
4381* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4382@end ifset
f0dc282c 4383
252b5132
RH
4384* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4385* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4386@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4387* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4388@end ifset
4389
c91d2e08 4390* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4391@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4392* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4393@end ifset
f0dc282c 4394
2e13b764 4395@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4396* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4397* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4398* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4399@end ifset
f0dc282c 4400
d190d046 4401* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4402* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4403* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4404* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4405@ifclear no-space-dir
4406* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4407@end ifclear
2b841ec2
AM
4408@ifset ELF
4409* 2byte:: @code{.2byte @var{expressions}}
4410* 4byte:: @code{.4byte @var{expressions}}
4411* 8byte:: @code{.8byte @var{bignums}}
4412@end ifset
252b5132
RH
4413* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4414@end menu
4415
4416@node Abort
4417@section @code{.abort}
4418
4419@cindex @code{abort} directive
4420@cindex stopping the assembly
4421This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4422compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4423assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4424of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4425quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4426
4427@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4428@node ABORT (COFF)
4429@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4430
4431@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4432When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4433synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4434
252b5132
RH
4435@end ifset
4436
4437@node Align
4438@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4439
4440@cindex padding the location counter
4441@cindex @code{align} directive
4442Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4443boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4444required, as described below.
4445
4446The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4447padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4448padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4449marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4450with no-op instructions.
4451
4452The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4453it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4454directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4455specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4456fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4457required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4458with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4459
4460The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
a8eb42a8 4461For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4462s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4463alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4464the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4465is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4466first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4467
9e9a9798 4468For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4469strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4470number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4471advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4472counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4473multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4474
4475This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4476native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4477GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4478described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4479architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4480
ccf8a69b
BW
4481@node Altmacro
4482@section @code{.altmacro}
4483Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4484
4485@ftable @code
4486@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4487One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4488generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4489replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4490replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4491separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4492define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4493
4494@item String delimiters
4495You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4496@code{"@var{string}"}:
4497
4498@table @code
4499@item '@var{string}'
4500You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4501
4502@item <@var{string}>
4503You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4504@end table
4505
4506@item single-character string escape
4507To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4508character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4509character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4510write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4511
4512@item Expression results as strings
4513You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4514and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4515@end ftable
4516
252b5132
RH
4517@node Ascii
4518@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4519
4520@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4521@cindex string literals
4522@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4523separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4524trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4525
4526@node Asciz
4527@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4528
4529@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4530@cindex zero-terminated strings
4531@cindex null-terminated strings
4532@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4533a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4534
4535@node Balign
4536@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4537
4538@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4539@cindex @code{balign} directive
4540Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4541storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4542alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4543the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4544is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4545
4546The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4547padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4548padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4549marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4550with no-op instructions.
4551
4552The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4553it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4554directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4555specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4556fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4557required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4558with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4559
4560@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4561@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4562The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4563@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4564pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4565fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
45664,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4567filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4568the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4569undefined.
4570
fa94de6b 4571@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4572@section Bundle directives
4573@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4574@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4575@cindex bundle
4576@cindex instruction bundle
4577@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4578@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4579bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4580into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4581disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4582gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4583@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4584
4585For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4586certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4587instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4588@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4589chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4590effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4591instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4592that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4593end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4594starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4595instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4596
d3b47e2b 4597@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4598@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4599@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4600The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4601allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4602are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4603aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4604@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4605directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4606
4607@cindex bundle-locked
4608For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4609appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4610instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4611and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4612instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4613sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4614@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4615entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4616boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4617first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4618aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4619bundle size.
4620
d416e51d
RM
4621For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4622inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4623nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4624@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4625matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4626same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4627
252b5132
RH
4628@node Byte
4629@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4630
4631@cindex @code{byte} directive
4632@cindex integers, one byte
4633@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4634Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4635
54cfded0 4636@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4637@section CFI directives
4638@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4639@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4640@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4641should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4642If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4643if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4644To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4645directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4646
2f0c68f2
CM
4647On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4648by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4649
bd5608dc
NC
4650Some targets may support an additional name, such as @code{.c6xabi.exidx}
4651which is used by the @value{TIC6X} target.
4652
4653The @code{.cfi_sections} directive can be repeated, with the same or different
4654arguments, provided that CFI generation has not yet started. Once CFI
4655generation has started however the section list is fixed and any attempts to
4656redefine it will result in an error.
4657
d3b47e2b 4658@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4659@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4660@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4661should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4662data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4663@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4664
01642c12 4665Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4666it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4667
d3b47e2b 4668@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4669@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4670@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4671unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4672@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4673
d3b47e2b 4674@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4675@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4676@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4677@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4678should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4679argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4680a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4681the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4682can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4683The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4684no personality routine.
4685
2f0c68f2
CM
4686@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4687@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4688@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4689defined in a compact unwinding format.
4690Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4691with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4692
4693@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4694@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4695@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4696used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4697@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4698in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4699Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4700with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4701
d3b47e2b 4702@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4703@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4704@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4705should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4706argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4707or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4708meaning that no LSDA is present.
4709
4710@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4711@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4712switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4713Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4714Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4715with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4716
4717The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4718so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4719referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4720in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4721by a section directive.
4722
4723The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4724The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4725@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4726
d3b47e2b 4727@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4728@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4729address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4730
d3b47e2b 4731@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4732@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4733now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4734remains the same.
4735
d3b47e2b 4736@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4737@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4738remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4739absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4740CFA address.
4741
d3b47e2b 4742@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4743Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
33eaf5de 4744value that is added/subtracted from the previous offset.
54cfded0 4745
d3b47e2b 4746@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4747Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4748CFA.
54cfded0 4749
084303b8
AK
4750@subsection @code{.cfi_val_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4751Previous value of @var{register} is CFA + @var{offset}.
4752
d3b47e2b 4753@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4754Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4755the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4756using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4757This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4758code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4759
d3b47e2b 4760@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4761Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4762
d3b47e2b 4763@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4764@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4765same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4766instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4767
d3b47e2b 4768@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4769From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4770
d3b47e2b 4771@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4772Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4773i.e. no restoration needed.
4774
48eac74c
MG
4775@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state} and @code{.cfi_restore_state}
4776@code{.cfi_remember_state} pushes the set of rules for every register onto an
4777implicit stack, while @code{.cfi_restore_state} pops them off the stack and
4778places them in the current row. This is useful for situations where you have
4779multiple @code{.cfi_*} directives that need to be undone due to the control
4780flow of the program. For example, we could have something like this (assuming
4781the CFA is the value of @code{rbp}):
4782
4783@smallexample
4784 je label
4785 popq %rbx
4786 .cfi_restore %rbx
4787 popq %r12
4788 .cfi_restore %r12
4789 popq %rbp
4790 .cfi_restore %rbp
4791 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4792 ret
4793label:
4794 /* Do something else */
4795@end smallexample
4796
4797Here, we want the @code{.cfi} directives to affect only the rows corresponding
4798to the instructions before @code{label}. This means we'd have to add multiple
4799@code{.cfi} directives after @code{label} to recreate the original save
4800locations of the registers, as well as setting the CFA back to the value of
4801@code{rbp}. This would be clumsy, and result in a larger binary size. Instead,
4802we can write:
4803
4804@smallexample
4805 je label
4806 popq %rbx
4807 .cfi_remember_state
4808 .cfi_restore %rbx
4809 popq %r12
4810 .cfi_restore %r12
4811 popq %rbp
4812 .cfi_restore %rbp
4813 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4814 ret
4815label:
4816 .cfi_restore_state
4817 /* Do something else */
4818@end smallexample
4819
4820That way, the rules for the instructions after @code{label} will be the same
4821as before the first @code{.cfi_restore} without having to use multiple
4822@code{.cfi} directives.
4b7d318b 4823
d3b47e2b 4824@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4825Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4826directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4827
d3b47e2b 4828@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
4829Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4830
d3b47e2b 4831@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4832SPARC register window has been saved.
4833
d3b47e2b 4834@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
4835Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4836might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4837opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4838
d3b47e2b 4839@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
4840The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4841will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4842description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4843
4844The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4845limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4846mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4847by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4848or another register.
4849
ccf8a69b
BW
4850@node Comm
4851@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4852
ccf8a69b
BW
4853@cindex @code{comm} directive
4854@cindex symbol, common
4855@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4856common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4857of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4858definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4859allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4860absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4861the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4862using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4863
c1711530
DK
4864@ifset COFF-ELF
4865When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4866an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4867specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4868that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4869as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4870boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4871power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4872common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4873alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4874largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4875maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4876is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4877@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4878multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4879It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4880(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4881@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4882
ccf8a69b
BW
4883@ifset HPPA
4884The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4885@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4886@end ifset
07a53e5c 4887
252b5132
RH
4888@node Data
4889@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
252b5132 4890@cindex @code{data} directive
340d33e5 4891
a4fb0134 4892@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4893end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4894absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4895to zero.
4896
340d33e5
NC
4897@node Dc
4898@section @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
4899@cindex @code{dc} directive
4900
46c685ac 4901The @code{.dc} directive expects zero or more @var{expressions} separated by
340d33e5
NC
4902commas. These expressions are evaluated and their values inserted into the
4903current section. The size of the emitted value depends upon the suffix to the
4904@code{.dc} directive:
4905
4906@table @code
4907@item @samp{.a}
4908Emits N-bit values, where N is the size of an address on the target system.
4909@item @samp{.b}
4910Emits 8-bit values.
4911@item @samp{.d}
4912Emits double precision floating-point values.
4913@item @samp{.l}
4914Emits 32-bit values.
4915@item @samp{.s}
4916Emits single precision floating-point values.
4917@item @samp{.w}
4918Emits 16-bit values.
4919Note - this is true even on targets where the @code{.word} directive would emit
492032-bit values.
4921@item @samp{.x}
4922Emits long double precision floating-point values.
4923@end table
4924
4925If no suffix is used then @samp{.w} is assumed.
4926
d7c79856
MR
4927The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
4928point values.
340d33e5
NC
4929
4930@node Dcb
4931@section @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
4932@cindex @code{dcb} directive
4933This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
4934bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
4935comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
4936@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
4937
4938@table @code
4939@item @samp{.b}
4940Emits single byte values.
4941@item @samp{.d}
4942Emits double-precision floating point values.
4943@item @samp{.l}
4944Emits 4-byte values.
4945@item @samp{.s}
4946Emits single-precision floating point values.
4947@item @samp{.w}
4948Emits 2-byte values.
4949@item @samp{.x}
4950Emits long double-precision floating point values.
4951@end table
4952
4953If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
4954
4955The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
4956point values.
4957
4958@node Ds
4959@section @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
4960@cindex @code{ds} directive
4961This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
4962bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
4963comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
4964@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
4965
4966@table @code
4967@item @samp{.b}
4968Emits single byte values.
4969@item @samp{.d}
4970Emits 8-byte values.
4971@item @samp{.l}
4972Emits 4-byte values.
4973@item @samp{.p}
4974Emits 12-byte values.
4975@item @samp{.s}
4976Emits 4-byte values.
4977@item @samp{.w}
4978Emits 2-byte values.
4979@item @samp{.x}
4980Emits 12-byte values.
4981@end table
4982
4983Note - unlike the @code{.dcb} directive the @samp{.d}, @samp{.s} and @samp{.x}
d7c79856 4984suffixes do not indicate that floating-point values are to be inserted.
340d33e5
NC
4985
4986If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
4987
d7c79856 4988The byte ordering is target dependent.
340d33e5
NC
4989
4990
252b5132
RH
4991@ifset COFF
4992@node Def
4993@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4994
4995@cindex @code{def} directive
4996@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4997@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4998Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4999definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
252b5132
RH
5000@end ifset
5001
a8eb42a8 5002@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5003@node Desc
5004@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
5005
5006@cindex @code{desc} directive
5007@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
5008@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
5009This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
5010to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
5011
5012@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 5013The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 5014configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 5015object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
5016it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
5017@end ifset
5018@end ifset
5019
5020@ifset COFF
5021@node Dim
5022@section @code{.dim}
5023
5024@cindex @code{dim} directive
5025@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
5026@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
5027This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
5028information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
5029@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
252b5132
RH
5030@end ifset
5031
5032@node Double
5033@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
5034
5035@cindex @code{double} directive
5036@cindex floating point numbers (double)
5037@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5038assembles floating point numbers.
5039@ifset GENERIC
5040The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5041@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5042@end ifset
5043@ifclear GENERIC
5044@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5045On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
5046in @sc{ieee} format.
5047@end ifset
5048@end ifclear
5049
5050@node Eject
5051@section @code{.eject}
5052
5053@cindex @code{eject} directive
5054@cindex new page, in listings
5055@cindex page, in listings
5056@cindex listing control: new page
5057Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
5058
5059@node Else
5060@section @code{.else}
5061
5062@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 5063@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5064assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
5065of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
5066was false.
5067
3fd9f047
TW
5068@node Elseif
5069@section @code{.elseif}
5070
5071@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 5072@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5073assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
5074@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
5075
252b5132
RH
5076@node End
5077@section @code{.end}
5078
5079@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 5080@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
5081process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
5082
5083@ifset COFF
5084@node Endef
5085@section @code{.endef}
5086
5087@cindex @code{endef} directive
5088This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
5089@code{.def}.
252b5132
RH
5090@end ifset
5091
5092@node Endfunc
5093@section @code{.endfunc}
5094@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
5095@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
5096
5097@node Endif
5098@section @code{.endif}
5099
5100@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 5101@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
5102it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
5103conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
5104
5105@node Equ
5106@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5107
5108@cindex @code{equ} directive
5109@cindex assigning values to symbols
5110@cindex symbols, assigning values to
5111This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 5112It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
5113
5114@ifset HPPA
01642c12 5115The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
5116@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
5117@end ifset
5118
3c9b82ba 5119@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
5120The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
5121@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
33eaf5de 5122On the Z80 it is an error if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 5123but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 5124Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
5125@end ifset
5126
252b5132
RH
5127@node Equiv
5128@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5129@cindex @code{equiv} directive
5130The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
5131the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
5132symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
5133undefined.
252b5132 5134
01642c12 5135Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5136@smallexample
5137.ifdef SYM
5138.err
5139.endif
5140.equ SYM,VAL
5141@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5142plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5143
5144@node Eqv
5145@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5146@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5147The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5148evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5149the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5150value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5151
5152@node Err
5153@section @code{.err}
5154@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5155If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5156message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5157object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5158
d190d046
HPN
5159@node Error
5160@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5161@cindex error directive
5162
5163Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5164string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5165message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5166@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5167
5168@smallexample
5169 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5170@end smallexample
5171
252b5132
RH
5172@node Exitm
5173@section @code{.exitm}
5174Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5175
5176@node Extern
5177@section @code{.extern}
5178
5179@cindex @code{extern} directive
5180@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5181with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5182all undefined symbols as external.
5183
5184@node Fail
5185@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5186
5187@cindex @code{fail} directive
5188Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5189or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5190than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5191include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5192complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5193
252b5132 5194@node File
14082c76 5195@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5196@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5197
5198@ifclear no-file-dir
5199There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5200that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5201@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5202
5203@subheading Default Version
5204
252b5132
RH
5205@cindex logical file name
5206@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5207This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5208are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5209
5210@smallexample
5211.file @var{string}
5212@end smallexample
5213
5214@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5215recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5216to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5217statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5218old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5219
5220@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5221@end ifclear
5222
14082c76
BW
5223When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5224to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5225
5226@smallexample
5227.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5228@end smallexample
5229
5230The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5231index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5232literal.
5233
5234The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5235table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5236information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5237entries will have.
5238
252b5132
RH
5239@node Fill
5240@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5241
5242@cindex @code{fill} directive
5243@cindex writing patterns in memory
5244@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5245@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5246This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5247may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5248more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5249other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5250is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5251zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5252byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5253Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5254@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5255compatible with other people's assemblers.
5256
5257@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5258If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5259assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5260@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5261
5262@node Float
5263@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5264
5265@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5266@cindex @code{float} directive
5267This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5268has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5269@ifset GENERIC
5270The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5271@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5272@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5273@end ifset
5274@ifclear GENERIC
5275@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5276On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5277in @sc{ieee} format.
5278@end ifset
5279@end ifclear
5280
5281@node Func
5282@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5283@cindex @code{func} directive
5284@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5285is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5286Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5287@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5288prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5289@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5290All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5291The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5292
5293@node Global
5294@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5295
5296@cindex @code{global} directive
5297@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5298@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5299@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5300other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5301@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5302from another file linked into the same program.
5303
5304Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5305compatibility with other assemblers.
5306
5307@ifset HPPA
5308On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5309partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5310@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5311@end ifset
5312
c91d2e08 5313@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5314@node Gnu_attribute
5315@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5316Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5317
c91d2e08
NC
5318@node Hidden
5319@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5320
c1253627
NC
5321@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5322@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5323This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5324@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5325@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5326
5327This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5328their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5329@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5330Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5331@end ifset
5332
252b5132
RH
5333@node hword
5334@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5335
5336@cindex @code{hword} directive
5337@cindex integers, 16-bit
5338@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5339@cindex sixteen bit integers
5340This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5341a 16 bit number for each.
5342
5343@ifset GENERIC
5344This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5345architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5346@end ifset
5347@ifclear GENERIC
5348@ifset W32
5349This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5350@end ifset
5351@ifset W16
5352This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5353@end ifset
5354@end ifclear
5355
5356@node Ident
5357@section @code{.ident}
5358
5359@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5360
5361This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5362behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5363a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5364source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5365for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5366@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5367emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5368
5369@node If
5370@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5371
5372@cindex conditional assembly
5373@cindex @code{if} directive
5374@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5375considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5376(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5377the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5378(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5379alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5380If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5381nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5382
5383The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5384@table @code
5385@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5386@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5387Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5388has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5389is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5390
26aca5f6
JB
5391@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5392@item .ifb @var{text}
5393Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5394
252b5132
RH
5395@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5396@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5397Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5398strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5399the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5400end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5401string comparison is case sensitive.
5402
5403@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5404@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5405Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5406
5407@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5408@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5409Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5410
5411@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5412@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5413Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5414equal to zero.
5415
5416@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5417@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5418Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5419
5420@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5421@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5422Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5423to zero.
5424
5425@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5426@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5427Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5428
26aca5f6
JB
5429@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5430@item .ifnb @var{text}
5431Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5432following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5433
252b5132
RH
5434@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5435@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5436Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5437following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5438
5439@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5440@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5441@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5442@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5443Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5444has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5445which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5446
5447@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5448@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5449Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5450(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5451
5452@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5453@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5454Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5455following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5456@end table
5457
7e005732
NC
5458@node Incbin
5459@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5460
5461@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5462@cindex binary files, including
5463The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5464location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5465option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5466around @var{file}.
5467
5468The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5469@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5470read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5471responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5472after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5473
252b5132
RH
5474@node Include
5475@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5476
5477@cindex @code{include} directive
5478@cindex supporting files, including
5479@cindex files, including
5480This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5481points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5482if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5483included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5484can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5485(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5486around @var{file}.
5487
5488@node Int
5489@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5490
5491@cindex @code{int} directive
5492@cindex integers, 32-bit
5493Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5494For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5495expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5496of target the assembly is for.
5497
5498@ifclear GENERIC
5499@ifset H8
7be1c489 5500On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5501integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
550232-bit integers.
5503@end ifset
5504@end ifclear
5505
c91d2e08
NC
5506@ifset ELF
5507@node Internal
5508@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5509
c1253627
NC
5510@cindex @code{internal} directive
5511@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5512This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5513@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5514@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5515
5516This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5517their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5518@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5519(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5520processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5521@end ifset
5522
252b5132
RH
5523@node Irp
5524@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5525
5526@cindex @code{irp} directive
5527Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5528The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5529terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5530set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5531@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5532@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5533sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5534
5535For example, assembling
5536
5537@example
5538 .irp param,1,2,3
5539 move d\param,sp@@-
5540 .endr
5541@end example
5542
5543is equivalent to assembling
5544
5545@example
5546 move d1,sp@@-
5547 move d2,sp@@-
5548 move d3,sp@@-
5549@end example
5550
96e9638b 5551For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5552
252b5132
RH
5553@node Irpc
5554@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5555
5556@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5557Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5558The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5559terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5560@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5561assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5562assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5563@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5564
5565For example, assembling
5566
5567@example
5568 .irpc param,123
5569 move d\param,sp@@-
5570 .endr
5571@end example
5572
5573is equivalent to assembling
5574
5575@example
5576 move d1,sp@@-
5577 move d2,sp@@-
5578 move d3,sp@@-
5579@end example
5580
5e75c3ab
JB
5581For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5582at @xref{Macro}.
5583
252b5132
RH
5584@node Lcomm
5585@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5586
5587@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5588@cindex local common symbols
5589@cindex symbols, local common
5590Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5591denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5592those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5593section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5594is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5595not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5596
5597@ifset GENERIC
5598Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5599argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5600@end ifset
5601
5602@ifset HPPA
5603The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5604@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5605@end ifset
5606
5607@node Lflags
5608@section @code{.lflags}
5609
5610@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5611@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5612assemblers, but ignores it.
5613
5614@ifclear no-line-dir
5615@node Line
5616@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5617
5618@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132 5619@cindex logical line number
a8eb42a8 5620@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5621Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5622expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5623statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5624reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5625@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5626for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5627@end ifset
5628
252b5132 5629Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5630@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5631when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5632were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5633@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5634
5635Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5636used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5637debugging.
5638@end ifclear
5639
5640@node Linkonce
5641@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5642@cindex COMDAT
5643@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5644@cindex common sections
5645Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5646This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5647but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5648The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5649Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5650unique.
5651
5652This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5653writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5654Executable format used on Windows NT.
5655
5656The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5657following strings. For example:
5658@smallexample
5659.linkonce same_size
5660@end smallexample
5661Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5662
5663@table @code
5664@item discard
5665Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5666
5667@item one_only
5668Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5669
5670@item same_size
5671Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5672
5673@item same_contents
5674Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5675@end table
5676
ccf8a69b
BW
5677@node List
5678@section @code{.list}
5679
5680@cindex @code{list} directive
5681@cindex listing control, turning on
5682Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5683not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5684internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5685counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5686generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5687
5688By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5689@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5690the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5691
252b5132
RH
5692@node Ln
5693@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5694
5695@cindex @code{ln} directive
5696@ifclear no-line-dir
5697@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5698@end ifclear
5699@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5700Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5701must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5702line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5703statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5704line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
252b5132
RH
5705@end ifset
5706
ccf8a69b
BW
5707@node Loc
5708@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5709@cindex @code{loc} directive
5710When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5711the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5712number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5713instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5714arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5715the row is added.
252b5132 5716
ccf8a69b
BW
5717The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5718
5719@table @code
5720@item basic_block
5721This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5722@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5723
5724@item prologue_end
5725This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5726@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5727
5728@item epilogue_begin
5729This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5730@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5731
5732@item is_stmt @var{value}
5733This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5734@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5735either 0 or 1.
5736
5737@item isa @var{value}
5738This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5739state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5740
92846e72
CC
5741@item discriminator @var{value}
5742This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5743state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5744
ba8826a8
AO
5745@item view @var{value}
5746This option causes a row to be added to @code{.debug_line} in reference to the
5747current address (which might not be the same as that of the following assembly
5748instruction), and to associate @var{value} with the @code{view} register in the
5749@code{.debug_line} state machine. If @var{value} is a label, both the
5750@code{view} register and the label are set to the number of prior @code{.loc}
5751directives at the same program location. If @var{value} is the literal
5752@code{0}, the @code{view} register is set to zero, and the assembler asserts
5753that there aren't any prior @code{.loc} directives at the same program
5754location. If @var{value} is the literal @code{-0}, the assembler arrange for
5755the @code{view} register to be reset in this row, even if there are prior
5756@code{.loc} directives at the same program location.
5757
ccf8a69b
BW
5758@end table
5759
5760@node Loc_mark_labels
5761@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5762@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5763When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5764the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5765to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5766register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5767The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5768this function respectively.
252b5132 5769
4d4175af
BW
5770@ifset ELF
5771@node Local
5772@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5773
5774@cindex @code{local} directive
5775This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5776the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5777will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5778they will be created.
5779
5780For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5781accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5782the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5783(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5784@end ifset
5785
252b5132
RH
5786@node Long
5787@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5788
5789@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5790@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5791
5792@ignore
5793@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5794@c what it really ought to do
5795@node Lsym
5796@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5797
5798@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5799@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5800@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5801the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5802rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5803the same as the expression value:
5804@smallexample
5805@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5806@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5807@var{value} = @var{expression}
5808@end smallexample
5809@noindent
5810The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5811@end ignore
5812
5813@node Macro
5814@section @code{.macro}
5815
5816@cindex macros
5817The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5818generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5819@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5820
5821@example
5822 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5823 .long \from
5824 .if \to-\from
5825 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5826 .endif
5827 .endm
5828@end example
5829
5830@noindent
5831With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5832
5833@example
5834 .long 0
5835 .long 1
5836 .long 2
5837 .long 3
5838 .long 4
5839 .long 5
5840@end example
5841
5842@ftable @code
5843@item .macro @var{macname}
5844@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5845@cindex @code{macro} directive
5846Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5847definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5848separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5849indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5850@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5851(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5852macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5853cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5854subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5855definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5856
5857@table @code
5858@item .macro comm
5859Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5860arguments.
5861
6258339f 5862@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5863@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5864Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5865which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5866@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5867
5868@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5869Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5870arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5871After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5872@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5873@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5874,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5875@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5876
6eaeac8a
JB
5877@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5878Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5879arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5880not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5881will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5882
252b5132
RH
5883When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5884position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5885@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5886
6258339f
NC
5887@end table
5888
5e75c3ab
JB
5889Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5890as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5891occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5892characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5893(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5894architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5895character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5896replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5897construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5898identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5899this macro definition:
5900
5901@example
5902 .macro label l
5903\l:
5904 .endm
5905@end example
5906
5907might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5908called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5909assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5910identifier.
5911
5912Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5913which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5914for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5915length specifier like this:
5916
5917@example
5918 .macro opcode base length
5919 \base.\length
5920 .endm
5921@end example
5922
5923and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5924instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5925interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5926
5927There are several possible ways around this problem:
5928
5929@table @code
5930@item Insert white space
5931If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5932solution. eg:
5933
5934@example
5935 .macro label l
5936\l :
5937 .endm
5938@end example
5939
5940@item Use @samp{\()}
5941The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5942the following text. eg:
5943
5944@example
5945 .macro opcode base length
5946 \base\().\length
5947 .endm
5948@end example
5949
5950@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5951In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5952used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5953
5954@example
5955 .altmacro
5956 .macro label l
5957l&:
5958 .endm
5959@end example
6258339f 5960@end table
5e75c3ab 5961
96e9638b 5962Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5963also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5964and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5965
252b5132
RH
5966@item .endm
5967@cindex @code{endm} directive
5968Mark the end of a macro definition.
5969
5970@item .exitm
5971@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5972Exit early from the current macro definition.
5973
5974@cindex number of macros executed
5975@cindex macros, count executed
5976@item \@@
a4fb0134 5977@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5978executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5979output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5980
252b5132
RH
5981@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5982@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5983macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5984@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5985@end ftable
252b5132 5986
ccf8a69b
BW
5987@node MRI
5988@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5989
ccf8a69b
BW
5990@cindex @code{mri} directive
5991@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5992If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5993@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5994affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5995of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5996
caa32fe5
NC
5997@node Noaltmacro
5998@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5999Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 6000
252b5132
RH
6001@node Nolist
6002@section @code{.nolist}
6003
6004@cindex @code{nolist} directive
6005@cindex listing control, turning off
6006Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
6007not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
6008internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
6009counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
6010generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
6011
8f065d3b
L
6012@node Nops
6013@section @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
62a02d25 6014
8f065d3b 6015@cindex @code{nops} directive
62a02d25
L
6016@cindex filling memory with no-op instructions
6017This directive emits @var{size} bytes filled with no-op instructions.
6018@var{size} is absolute expression, which must be a positve value.
6019@var{control} controls how no-op instructions should be generated. If
6020the comma and @var{control} are omitted, @var{control} is assumed to be
6021zero.
6022
6023Note: For Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 targets, @var{control} specifies
6024the size limit of a no-op instruction. The valid values of @var{control}
3ae729d5
L
6025are between 0 and 4 in 16-bit mode, between 0 and 7 when tuning for
6026older processors in 32-bit mode, between 0 and 11 in 64-bit mode or when
6027tuning for newer processors in 32-bit mode. When 0 is used, the no-op
6028instruction size limit is set to the maximum supported size.
62a02d25 6029
252b5132
RH
6030@node Octa
6031@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
6032
a8eb42a8 6033@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on some? Or warn?
252b5132
RH
6034@cindex @code{octa} directive
6035@cindex integer, 16-byte
6036@cindex sixteen byte integer
6037This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
6038bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
6039
6040The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6041hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
6042
9aec2026
NC
6043@node Offset
6044@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
6045
6046@cindex @code{offset} directive
6047Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
6048be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
6049symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 6050directive.
9aec2026 6051
252b5132
RH
6052@node Org
6053@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
6054
6055@cindex @code{org} directive
6056@cindex location counter, advancing
6057@cindex advancing location counter
6058@cindex current address, advancing
6059Advance the location counter of the current section to
6060@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
6061expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
6062you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
6063wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
6064with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 6065@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6066is the same as the current subsection.
6067
6068@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
6069unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
6070backwards.
6071
6072@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
6073@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
6074@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 6075Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6076may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
6077a chance to share your improved assembler.
6078
6079Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
6080to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
6081people's assemblers.
6082
6083When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
6084intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
6085absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
6086@var{fill} defaults to zero.
6087
6088@node P2align
6089@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
6090
6091@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
6092@cindex @code{p2align} directive
6093Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
6094storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
6095number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
6096advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
6097counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
6098multiple of 8, no change is needed.
6099
6100The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
6101padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 6102padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
6103marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
6104with no-op instructions.
6105
6106The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
6107it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
6108directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
6109specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
6110fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
6111required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
6112with no-op instructions when appropriate.
6113
6114@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
6115@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
6116The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
6117@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
6118pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
6119fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
61202,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
6121filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
6122the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
6123undefined.
6124
ccf8a69b
BW
6125@ifset ELF
6126@node PopSection
6127@section @code{.popsection}
6128
6129@cindex @code{popsection} directive
6130@cindex Section Stack
6131This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6132@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6133@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
6134(@pxref{Previous}).
6135
6136This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
6137section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 6138stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
6139@end ifset
6140
c91d2e08
NC
6141@ifset ELF
6142@node Previous
6143@section @code{.previous}
6144
c1253627 6145@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6146@cindex Section Stack
6147This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6148@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6149@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
6150(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
6151
6152This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 6153referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 6154@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
6155subsections). For example:
6156
6157@smallexample
6158.section A
6159 .subsection 1
6160 .word 0x1234
6161 .subsection 2
6162 .word 0x5678
6163.previous
6164 .word 0x9abc
6165@end smallexample
6166
6167Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6168section A. Whilst:
6169
6170@smallexample
6171.section A
6172.subsection 1
6173 # Now in section A subsection 1
6174 .word 0x1234
6175.section B
6176.subsection 0
6177 # Now in section B subsection 0
6178 .word 0x5678
6179.subsection 1
6180 # Now in section B subsection 1
6181 .word 0x9abc
6182.previous
6183 # Now in section B subsection 0
6184 .word 0xdef0
6185@end smallexample
6186
6187Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6188section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6189
6190In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6191the top section on the section stack.
6192@end ifset
6193
252b5132
RH
6194@node Print
6195@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6196
6197@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6198@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6199assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6200
c91d2e08
NC
6201@ifset ELF
6202@node Protected
6203@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6204
c1253627
NC
6205@cindex @code{protected} directive
6206@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6207This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6208@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6209
6210This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6211their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6212@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6213components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6214component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6215this.
c91d2e08
NC
6216@end ifset
6217
252b5132
RH
6218@node Psize
6219@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6220
6221@cindex @code{psize} directive
6222@cindex listing control: paper size
6223@cindex paper size, for listings
6224Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6225number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6226
6227If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6228of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6229default width is 200 columns.
6230
a4fb0134 6231@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6232lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6233@code{.eject}).
6234
6235If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6236those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6237
6238@node Purgem
6239@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6240
6241@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6242Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6243expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6244
c91d2e08
NC
6245@ifset ELF
6246@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6247@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6248
c1253627 6249@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6250@cindex Section Stack
6251This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6252@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6253@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6254(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6255
e9863d7f
DJ
6256This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6257top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6258subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6259@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6260as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6261@end ifset
6262
252b5132
RH
6263@node Quad
6264@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6265
6266@cindex @code{quad} directive
6267@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6268each bignum, it emits
6269@ifclear bignum-16
6270an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6271warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6272@cindex eight-byte integer
6273@cindex integer, 8-byte
6274
6275The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6276hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6277@end ifclear
6278@ifset bignum-16
6279a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6280warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6281@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6282@cindex integer, 16-byte
6283@end ifset
6284
05e9452c
AM
6285@node Reloc
6286@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6287
6288@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6289Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6290@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6291the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6292symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6293@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6294absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6295targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6296relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6297section.
6298
252b5132
RH
6299@node Rept
6300@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6301
6302@cindex @code{rept} directive
6303Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6304@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6305
6306For example, assembling
6307
6308@example
6309 .rept 3
6310 .long 0
6311 .endr
6312@end example
6313
6314is equivalent to assembling
6315
6316@example
6317 .long 0
6318 .long 0
6319 .long 0
6320@end example
6321
808811a3
NC
6322A count of zero is allowed, but nothing is generated. Negative counts are not
6323allowed and if encountered will be treated as if they were zero.
6324
252b5132
RH
6325@node Sbttl
6326@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6327
6328@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6329@cindex subtitles for listings
6330@cindex listing control: subtitle
6331Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6332title line) when generating assembly listings.
6333
6334This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6335it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6336
6337@ifset COFF
6338@node Scl
6339@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6340
6341@cindex @code{scl} directive
6342@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6343@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6344Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6345used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6346whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6347symbolic debugging information.
252b5132
RH
6348@end ifset
6349
c1253627 6350@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6351@node Section
c1253627 6352@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6353
252b5132
RH
6354@cindex named section
6355Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6356named @var{name}.
6357
6358This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6359named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6360with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6361
c1253627
NC
6362@ifset COFF
6363@ifset ELF
6364@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6365@subheading COFF Version
6366@end ifset
6367
6368@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6369For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6370ways:
c91d2e08 6371
252b5132
RH
6372@smallexample
6373.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6374.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6375@end smallexample
6376
6377If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6378section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
eda683bb 6379
252b5132
RH
6380@table @code
6381@item b
6382bss section (uninitialized data)
6383@item n
6384section is not loaded
6385@item w
6386writable section
6387@item d
6388data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6389@item e
6390exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6391@item r
6392read-only section
6393@item x
6394executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6395@item s
6396shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6397@item a
6398ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6399@item y
6400section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6401@item 0-9
6402single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6403@end table
6404
6405If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6406the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6407loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6408from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6409will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6410
6411If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6412taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6413@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6414
6415@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6416@ifset COFF
6417@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6418@subheading ELF Version
6419@end ifset
6420
c91d2e08
NC
6421@cindex Section Stack
6422This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6423@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6424(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6425@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6426
c1253627 6427@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6428For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6429
252b5132 6430@smallexample
7047dd1e 6431.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6432@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6433
451133ce
NP
6434@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6435@kindex --sectname-subst
6436@cindex section name substitution
6437If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6438argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6439at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6440
6441@smallexample
6442.macro exception_code
6443.section %S.exception
6444[exception code here]
6445.previous
6446.endm
6447
6448.text
6449[code]
6450exception_code
6451[...]
6452
6453.section .init
6454[init code]
6455exception_code
6456[...]
6457@end smallexample
6458
6459The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6460@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
33eaf5de
NC
6461This is useful e.g. to discriminate between ancillary sections that are
6462tied to setup code to be discarded after use from ancillary sections that
451133ce
NP
6463need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6464macros just for that purpose.
6465
252b5132 6466The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6467combination of the following characters:
eda683bb 6468
252b5132
RH
6469@table @code
6470@item a
6471section is allocatable
a91e1603
L
6472@item d
6473section is a GNU_MBIND section
18ae9cc1
L
6474@item e
6475section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6476@item w
6477section is writable
6478@item x
6479section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6480@item M
6481section is mergeable
6482@item S
6483section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6484@item G
6485section is a member of a section group
6486@item T
6487section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6488@item ?
6489section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
eda683bb 6490@item @code{<number>}
9fb71ee4
NC
6491a numeric value indicating the bits to be set in the ELF section header's flags
6492field. Note - if one or more of the alphabetic characters described above is
6493also included in the flags field, their bit values will be ORed into the
6494resulting value.
eda683bb
NC
6495@item @code{<target specific>}
6496some targets extend this list with their own flag characters
252b5132
RH
6497@end table
6498
9fb71ee4
NC
6499Note - once a section's flags have been set they cannot be changed. There are
6500a few exceptions to this rule however. Processor and application specific
6501flags can be added to an already defined section. The @code{.interp},
6502@code{.strtab} and @code{.symtab} sections can have the allocate flag
6503(@code{a}) set after they are initially defined, and the @code{.note-GNU-stack}
eda683bb 6504section may have the executable (@code{x}) flag added.
9fb71ee4 6505
252b5132 6506The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
eda683bb 6507
252b5132
RH
6508@table @code
6509@item @@progbits
6510section contains data
6511@item @@nobits
6512section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6513@item @@note
6514section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6515@item @@init_array
6516section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6517@item @@fini_array
6518section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6519@item @@preinit_array
6520section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
eda683bb 6521@item @@@code{<number>}
9fb71ee4 6522a numeric value to be set as the ELF section header's type field.
eda683bb 6523@item @@@code{<target specific>}
9fb71ee4 6524some targets extend this list with their own types
252b5132
RH
6525@end table
6526
9fb71ee4
NC
6527Many targets only support the first three section types. The type may be
6528enclosed in double quotes if necessary.
10b016c2 6529
ececec60
NC
6530Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6531ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6532@code{%} character.
6533
9fb71ee4
NC
6534Note - some sections, eg @code{.text} and @code{.data} are considered to be
6535special and have fixed types. Any attempt to declare them with a different
6536type will generate an error from the assembler.
6537
22fe14ad 6538If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6539be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6540
6541@smallexample
6542.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6543@end smallexample
6544
6545Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6546constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6547@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6548@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6549the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6550absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6551which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6552@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6553@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6554
6555If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6556be present along with an additional field like this:
6557
6558@smallexample
6559.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6560@end smallexample
6561
6562The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6563particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
eda683bb 6564
22fe14ad
NC
6565@table @code
6566@item comdat
6567indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6568@item .gnu.linkonce
6569an alias for comdat
6570@end table
6571
96e9638b 6572Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6573the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6574
6575@smallexample
6576.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6577@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6578
01642c12
RM
6579If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6580@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6581present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6582this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6583@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6584If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6585
252b5132
RH
6586If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6587the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6588none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6589executable. The section will contain data.
6590
6591For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6592directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6593
252b5132
RH
6594@smallexample
6595.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6596@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6597
252b5132
RH
6598Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6599separated flags:
eda683bb 6600
252b5132
RH
6601@table @code
6602@item #alloc
6603section is allocatable
6604@item #write
6605section is writable
6606@item #execinstr
6607section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6608@item #exclude
6609section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6610@item #tls
6611section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6612@end table
c91d2e08 6613
e9863d7f
DJ
6614This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6615contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6616some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6617work.
c1253627
NC
6618@end ifset
6619@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6620
6621@node Set
6622@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6623
6624@cindex @code{set} directive
6625@cindex symbol value, setting
6626Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6627changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6628@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6629flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6630
5d239759
NC
6631You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6632values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6633involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6634being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6635addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6636final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6637the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6638different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6639
6640If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6641file is the last value stored into it.
6642
3c9b82ba
NC
6643@ifset Z80
6644On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6645@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6646@end ifset
6647
252b5132
RH
6648@node Short
6649@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6650
6651@cindex @code{short} directive
6652@ifset GENERIC
6653@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6654@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6655
6656In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6657numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6658@end ifset
6659@ifclear GENERIC
6660@ifset W16
6661@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6662@end ifset
6663@ifset W32
6664This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6665a 16 bit number for each.
6666@end ifset
6667@end ifclear
6668
6669@node Single
6670@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6671
6672@cindex @code{single} directive
6673@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6674This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6675has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6676@ifset GENERIC
6677The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6678@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6679@end ifset
6680@ifclear GENERIC
6681@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6682On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6683numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6684@end ifset
6685@end ifclear
6686
c1253627 6687@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6688@node Size
c1253627 6689@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6690
c1253627
NC
6691This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6692
6693@ifset COFF
6694@ifset ELF
6695@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6696@subheading COFF Version
6697@end ifset
6698
6699@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6700For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6701@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6702
6703@smallexample
6704.size @var{expression}
6705@end smallexample
252b5132 6706
c1253627 6707@end ifset
c91d2e08 6708
c1253627
NC
6709@ifset ELF
6710@ifset COFF
6711@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6712@subheading ELF Version
6713@end ifset
6714
6715@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6716For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6717
c1253627
NC
6718@smallexample
6719.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6720@end smallexample
6721
6722This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6723The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6724arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6725symbols.
c1253627
NC
6726@end ifset
6727@end ifset
252b5132 6728
252b5132
RH
6729@ifclear no-space-dir
6730@node Skip
340d33e5 6731@section @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
6732
6733@cindex @code{skip} directive
6734@cindex filling memory
6735This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6736@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6737@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6738@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6739@end ifclear
252b5132 6740
ccf8a69b
BW
6741@node Sleb128
6742@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6743
6744@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6745@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6746compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6747symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6748
884f0d36 6749@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 6750@node Space
340d33e5 6751@section @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
6752
6753@cindex @code{space} directive
6754@cindex filling memory
6755This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6756@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6757and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6758as @samp{.skip}.
6759
6760@ifset HPPA
6761@quotation
6762@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6763targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6764Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6765@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6766for a summary.
6767@end quotation
6768@end ifset
6769@end ifclear
6770
252b5132
RH
6771@ifset have-stabs
6772@node Stab
6773@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6774
6775@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6776@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6777There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6778All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6779The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6780cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6781Up to five fields are required:
6782
6783@table @var
6784@item string
6785This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6786@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6787debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6788using this field.
6789
6790@item type
6791An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6792this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6793and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6794
6795@item other
6796An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6797low 8 bits of this expression.
6798
6799@item desc
6800An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6801bits of this expression.
6802
6803@item value
6804An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6805@end table
6806
6807If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6808or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6809you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6810compatible with earlier assemblers!
6811
6812@table @code
6813@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6814@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6815
6816The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6817It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6818null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6819strings.
6820
6821The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6822relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6823is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6824assembled.
6825
6826@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6827@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6828The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6829
6830@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6831@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6832All five fields are specified.
6833@end table
6834@end ifset
6835@c end have-stabs
6836
6837@node String
38a57ae7 6838@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6839"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6840
6841@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6842@cindex string8, copying to object file
6843@cindex string16, copying to object file
6844@cindex string32, copying to object file
6845@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6846@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6847@cindex @code{string8} directive
6848@cindex @code{string16} directive
6849@cindex @code{string32} directive
6850@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6851
6852Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6853one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6854particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6855You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6856
01642c12 6857The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6858the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6859copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6860are stored in target endianness byte order.
6861
6862Example:
6863@smallexample
6864 .string32 "BYE"
6865expands to:
6866 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6867 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6868@end smallexample
6869
6870
252b5132
RH
6871@node Struct
6872@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6873
6874@cindex @code{struct} directive
6875Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6876which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6877@smallexample
6878 .struct 0
6879field1:
6880 .struct field1 + 4
6881field2:
6882 .struct field2 + 4
6883field3:
6884@end smallexample
6885This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6886@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6887value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6888use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6889before further assembly.
6890
c91d2e08
NC
6891@ifset ELF
6892@node SubSection
6893@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6894
c1253627 6895@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6896@cindex Section Stack
6897This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6898@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6899@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6900(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6901
6902This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6903section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6904in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6905@end ifset
6906
252b5132
RH
6907@ifset ELF
6908@node Symver
6909@section @code{.symver}
6910@cindex @code{symver} directive
6911@cindex symbol versioning
6912@cindex versions of symbols
6913Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6914within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6915typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6916There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6917into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6918shared library.
6919
79082ff0 6920For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6921@smallexample
6922.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6923@end smallexample
339681c0 6924If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6925being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6926alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6927just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6928permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6929of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6930itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6931have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6932file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6933function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6934the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6935building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6936symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6937nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6938
6939If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6940references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6941reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6942symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6943
6944Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6945@smallexample
6946.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6947@end smallexample
6948In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6949the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6950difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6951references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6952
6953The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6954@smallexample
6955.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6956@end smallexample
6957When @var{name} is not defined within the
6958file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6959@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6960name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6961@end ifset
6962
6963@ifset COFF
6964@node Tag
6965@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6966
6967@cindex COFF structure debugging
6968@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6969@cindex @code{tag} directive
6970This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6971information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6972@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6973definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
252b5132
RH
6974@end ifset
6975
6976@node Text
6977@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6978
6979@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6980Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6981the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6982expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6983is used.
6984
6985@node Title
6986@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6987
6988@cindex @code{title} directive
6989@cindex listing control: title line
6990Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6991source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6992
6993This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6994it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6995
c1253627 6996@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6997@node Type
c1253627
NC
6998@section @code{.type}
6999
7000This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
7001
7002@ifset COFF
7003@ifset ELF
7004@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7005@subheading COFF Version
7006@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7007
7008@cindex COFF symbol type
7009@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
7010@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
7011For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
7012@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
7013
7014@smallexample
7015.type @var{int}
7016@end smallexample
7017
7018This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
7019entry.
252b5132 7020
c1253627 7021@end ifset
c91d2e08 7022
c1253627
NC
7023@ifset ELF
7024@ifset COFF
7025@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7026@subheading ELF Version
7027@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7028
7029@cindex ELF symbol type
7030@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
7031@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
7032For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
7033
7034@smallexample
7035.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
7036@end smallexample
7037
7038This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 7039function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 7040supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 7041compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
7042
7043Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
7044@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
7045below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
7046the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
7047maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
7048assemblers.
7049
7050The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
7051
7052@smallexample
5671778d
NC
7053 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
7054 .type <name>,#<type>
7055 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 7056 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
7057 .type <name>,"<type>"
7058@end smallexample
7059
7060The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 7061
5671778d
NC
7062@table @gcctabopt
7063@item STT_FUNC
7064@itemx function
7065Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 7066
d8045f23
NC
7067@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
7068@itemx gnu_indirect_function
7069Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 7070processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 7071
5671778d
NC
7072@item STT_OBJECT
7073@itemx object
7074Mark the symbol as being a data object.
7075
7076@item STT_TLS
7077@itemx tls_object
33eaf5de 7078Mark the symbol as being a thread-local data object.
5671778d
NC
7079
7080@item STT_COMMON
7081@itemx common
7082Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
7083
7084@item STT_NOTYPE
7085@itemx notype
7086Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
7087
3e7a7d11
NC
7088@item gnu_unique_object
7089Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
7090will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
7091name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
7092systems).
3e7a7d11 7093
5671778d
NC
7094@end table
7095
7096Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 7097
c1253627
NC
7098@end ifset
7099@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7100
7101@node Uleb128
7102@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
7103
7104@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 7105@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 7106compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 7107symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
7108
7109@ifset COFF
7110@node Val
7111@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
7112
7113@cindex @code{val} directive
7114@cindex COFF value attribute
7115@cindex value attribute, COFF
7116This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
7117records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
7118entry.
252b5132
RH
7119@end ifset
7120
2e13b764 7121@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
7122@node Version
7123@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 7124
c1253627 7125@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7126This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
7127formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 7128@end ifset
2e13b764 7129
c91d2e08
NC
7130@ifset ELF
7131@node VTableEntry
7132@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 7133
653cfe85 7134@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7135This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
7136@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 7137
c91d2e08
NC
7138@node VTableInherit
7139@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 7140
653cfe85 7141@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7142This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
7143@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 7144parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 7145parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 7146@end ifset
2e13b764 7147
d190d046
HPN
7148@node Warning
7149@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
7150@cindex warning directive
7151Similar to the directive @code{.error}
7152(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
7153
c91d2e08
NC
7154@node Weak
7155@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 7156
c1253627 7157@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 7158This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 7159@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 7160
01642c12 7161On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 7162directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
7163@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
7164
977cdf5a 7165On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7166When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7167alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7168
06e77878
AO
7169@node Weakref
7170@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7171
7172@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7173This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7174be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7175If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7176will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7177symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7178
7179The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7180assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7181symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7182resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7183had the references to the alias removed.
7184
7185The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7186within the assembler.
7187
252b5132
RH
7188@node Word
7189@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7190
7191@cindex @code{word} directive
7192This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7193separated by commas.
7194@ifclear GENERIC
7195@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7196For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7197@end ifset
7198@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7199For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7200@end ifset
7201@end ifclear
7202@ifset GENERIC
7203
7204The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7205depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7206@end ifset
7207
a8eb42a8 7208@c on sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
252b5132
RH
7209@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7210@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7211@cindex difference tables altered
7212@cindex altered difference tables
7213@quotation
7214@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7215@end quotation
7216
7217@ifset GENERIC
7218Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7219addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7220interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7221@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7222
7223@end ifset
7224In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7225@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7226Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7227compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7228directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7229@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7230creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7231This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7232first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7233of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7234table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7235contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7236@code{sym2}.
7237
7238If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7239secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7240@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7241long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7242and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7243minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7244entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7245
7246@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7247@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7248@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7249assembly language programmers.
7250@end ifset
7251@end ifset
7252@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7253
7ce98c16
NC
7254@ifclear no-space-dir
7255@node Zero
7256@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7257
7258@cindex @code{zero} directive
7259@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7260This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7261expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
7262so in can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7263instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7264@end ifclear
7265
2b841ec2
AM
7266@ifset ELF
7267@node 2byte
ea86f534 7268@section @code{.2byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7269@cindex @code{2byte} directive
7270@cindex two-byte integer
7271@cindex integer, 2-byte
2b841ec2 7272
e406e428
NC
7273This directive expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas. If there
7274are no expressions then the directive does nothing. Otherwise each expression
7275is evaluated in turn and placed in the next two bytes of the current output
7276section, using the endian model of the target. If an expression will not fit
7277in two bytes, a warning message is displayed and the least significant two
7278bytes of the expression's value are used. If an expression cannot be evaluated
7279at assembly time then relocations will be generated in order to compute the
7280value at link time.
7281
7282This directive does not apply any alignment before or after inserting the
7283values. As a result of this, if relocations are generated, they may be
7284different from those used for inserting values with a guaranteed alignment.
7285
8b1e5da1 7286This directive is only available for ELF targets,
2b841ec2
AM
7287
7288@node 4byte
ea86f534 7289@section @code{.4byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7290@cindex @code{4byte} directive
7291@cindex four-byte integer
7292@cindex integer, 4-byte
2b841ec2 7293
e406e428
NC
7294Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, four byte
7295long values into the output.
2b841ec2
AM
7296
7297@node 8byte
ea86f534 7298@section @code{.8byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7299@cindex @code{8byte} directive
7300@cindex eight-byte integer
7301@cindex integer, 8-byte
2b841ec2 7302
e21126b7 7303Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, eight
e406e428
NC
7304byte long bignum values into the output.
7305
2b841ec2
AM
7306@end ifset
7307
252b5132
RH
7308@node Deprecated
7309@section Deprecated Directives
7310
7311@cindex deprecated directives
7312@cindex obsolescent directives
7313One day these directives won't work.
7314They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7315@table @t
7316@item .abort
7317@item .line
7318@end table
7319
3a99f02f
DJ
7320@ifset ELF
7321@node Object Attributes
7322@chapter Object Attributes
7323@cindex object attributes
7324
7325@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7326into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7327Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7328point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7329requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7330passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7331hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7332generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7333newer generation at run-time.
7334
7335This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7336@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7337time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7338correctly.
7339
7340Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7341attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7342string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7343and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7344or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7345attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7346
7347Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7348The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7349
7350@menu
7351* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7352* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7353@end menu
7354
7355@node GNU Object Attributes
7356@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7357
7358The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7359with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7360
7361Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7362its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7363an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
73642} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7365architecture-dependent ones.
7366
7367@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7368
7369These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7370
7371@table @r
7372@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7373The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7374the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7375then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7376than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7377arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7378@end table
7379
7380@subsection MIPS Attributes
7381
7382@table @r
7383@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7384The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7385
7386@itemize @bullet
7387@item
73880 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7389@item
f179c512
MF
73901 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7391double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7392@item
73932 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7394@item
73953 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7396@item
f179c512
MF
73974 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7398floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7399number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7400@item
74015 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7402with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7403general-purpose registers.
7404@item
74056 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7406registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7407@item
74087 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7409registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7410direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7411@end itemize
7412@end table
7413
7414@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7415
7416@table @r
7417@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7418The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7419
7420@itemize @bullet
7421@item
74220 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7423@item
3c7b9897 74241 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7425@item
74262 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7427@item
74283 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7429@end itemize
7430
7431@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7432The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7433
7434@itemize @bullet
7435@item
74360 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7437@item
74381 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7439@item
74402 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7441@item
74423 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7443@end itemize
7444@end table
7445
643f7afb
AK
7446@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7447
7448@table @r
7449@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7450The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7451
7452@itemize @bullet
7453@item
74540 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7455@item
74561 for files using software vector ABI.
7457@item
74582 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7459@end itemize
7460@end table
7461
3a99f02f
DJ
7462@node Defining New Object Attributes
7463@section Defining New Object Attributes
7464
7465If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7466will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7467mailing list.
7468
7469@itemize @bullet
7470@item
7471This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7472@item
7473The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7474@item
7475The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7476and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7477@item
7478Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7479@item
7480@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7481@item
7482GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7483@end itemize
7484
7485@end ifset
7486
252b5132
RH
7487@ifset GENERIC
7488@node Machine Dependencies
7489@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7490
7491@cindex machine dependencies
7492The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7493each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7494vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7495directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7496assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7497@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7498optimization.
7499
7500This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7501include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7502subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7503
7504@menu
a06ea964
NC
7505@ifset AARCH64
7506* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7507@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7508@ifset ALPHA
7509* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7510@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7511@ifset ARC
7512* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7513@end ifset
7514@ifset ARM
7515* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7516@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7517@ifset AVR
7518* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7519@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7520@ifset Blackfin
7521* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7522@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7523@ifset CR16
7524* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7525@end ifset
8bf549a8 7526@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7527* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7528@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7529@ifset D10V
7530* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7531@end ifset
7532@ifset D30V
7533* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7534@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7535@ifset EPIPHANY
7536* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7537@end ifset
252b5132 7538@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7539* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7540@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7541@ifset HPPA
7542* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7543@end ifset
7544@ifset I80386
55b62671 7545* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7546@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7547@ifset IA64
7548* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7549@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7550@ifset IP2K
7551* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7552@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7553@ifset LM32
7554* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7555@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7556@ifset M32C
7557* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7558@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7559@ifset M32R
7560* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7561@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7562@ifset M680X0
7563* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7564@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7565@ifset M68HC11
7566* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7567@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7568@ifset METAG
7569* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7570@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7571@ifset MICROBLAZE
7572* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7573@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7574@ifset MIPS
7575* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7576@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7577@ifset MMIX
7578* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7579@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7580@ifset MSP430
7581* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7582@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7583@ifset NDS32
7584* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7585@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7586@ifset NIOSII
7587* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7588@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7589@ifset NS32K
7590* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7591@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7592@ifset PDP11
7593* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7594@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7595@ifset PJ
7596* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7597@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7598@ifset PPC
7599* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7600@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
7601@ifset PRU
7602* PRU-Dependent:: PRU Dependent Features
7603@end ifset
4f7eddc4
PD
7604@ifset RISCV
7605* RISC-V-Dependent:: RISC-V Dependent Features
7606@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
7607@ifset RL78
7608* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7609@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7610@ifset RX
7611* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7612@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7613@ifset S390
7614* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7615@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7616@ifset SCORE
7617* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7618@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7619@ifset SH
7620* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
d3b47e2b 7621@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7622@ifset SPARC
7623* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7624@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7625@ifset TIC54X
7626* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7627@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7628@ifset TIC6X
7629* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7630@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7631@ifset TILEGX
7632* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7633@end ifset
7634@ifset TILEPRO
7635* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7636@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7637@ifset V850
7638* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7639@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7640@ifset VAX
7641* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7642@end ifset
7643@ifset VISIUM
7644* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7645@end ifset
f96bd6c2
PC
7646@ifset WASM32
7647* WebAssembly-Dependent:: WebAssembly Dependent Features
7648@end ifset
f6c1a2d5 7649@ifset XGATE
f96bd6c2 7650* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Dependent Features
f6c1a2d5 7651@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7652@ifset XSTORMY16
7653* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7654@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7655@ifset XTENSA
7656* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7657@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7658@ifset Z80
7659* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7660@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7661@ifset Z8000
7662* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7663@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7664@end menu
7665
7666@lowersections
7667@end ifset
7668
7669@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7670@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7671@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7672@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7673@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7674@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7675@c in both conditional blocks.
7676
a06ea964
NC
7677@ifset AARCH64
7678@include c-aarch64.texi
7679@end ifset
7680
625e1353
RH
7681@ifset ALPHA
7682@include c-alpha.texi
7683@end ifset
7684
7685@ifset ARC
7686@include c-arc.texi
7687@end ifset
7688
252b5132
RH
7689@ifset ARM
7690@include c-arm.texi
7691@end ifset
7692
8473f7a4
DC
7693@ifset AVR
7694@include c-avr.texi
7695@end ifset
7696
3b4e1885 7697@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7698@include c-bfin.texi
7699@end ifset
7700
3d3d428f
NC
7701@ifset CR16
7702@include c-cr16.texi
7703@end ifset
7704
328eb32e
HPN
7705@ifset CRIS
7706@include c-cris.texi
7707@end ifset
7708
c2dcd04e 7709@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7710@ifclear GENERIC
7711@node Machine Dependencies
7712@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7713
c2dcd04e 7714The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7715and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7716chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7717family.
7718
7719@menu
c2dcd04e 7720* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7721* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7722@end menu
7723@lowersections
7724@end ifclear
7725@end ifset
7726
7727@ifset D10V
7728@include c-d10v.texi
7729@end ifset
7730
7731@ifset D30V
7732@include c-d30v.texi
7733@end ifset
7734
cfb8c092
NC
7735@ifset EPIPHANY
7736@include c-epiphany.texi
7737@end ifset
7738
252b5132
RH
7739@ifset H8/300
7740@include c-h8300.texi
7741@end ifset
7742
252b5132
RH
7743@ifset HPPA
7744@include c-hppa.texi
7745@end ifset
7746
7747@ifset I80386
7748@include c-i386.texi
7749@end ifset
7750
9e32ca89
NC
7751@ifset IA64
7752@include c-ia64.texi
7753@end ifset
7754
a40cbfa3
NC
7755@ifset IP2K
7756@include c-ip2k.texi
7757@end ifset
7758
84e94c90
NC
7759@ifset LM32
7760@include c-lm32.texi
7761@end ifset
7762
49f58d10
JB
7763@ifset M32C
7764@include c-m32c.texi
7765@end ifset
7766
ec694b89
NC
7767@ifset M32R
7768@include c-m32r.texi
7769@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7770
7771@ifset M680X0
7772@include c-m68k.texi
7773@end ifset
7774
60bcf0fa
NC
7775@ifset M68HC11
7776@include c-m68hc11.texi
7777@end ifset
7778
a3c62988
NC
7779@ifset METAG
7780@include c-metag.texi
7781@end ifset
7782
01642c12 7783@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7784@include c-microblaze.texi
7785@end ifset
7786
252b5132
RH
7787@ifset MIPS
7788@include c-mips.texi
7789@end ifset
7790
3c3bdf30
NC
7791@ifset MMIX
7792@include c-mmix.texi
7793@end ifset
7794
2469cfa2
NC
7795@ifset MSP430
7796@include c-msp430.texi
7797@end ifset
7798
35c08157
KLC
7799@ifset NDS32
7800@include c-nds32.texi
7801@end ifset
7802
36591ba1
SL
7803@ifset NIOSII
7804@include c-nios2.texi
7805@end ifset
7806
252b5132
RH
7807@ifset NS32K
7808@include c-ns32k.texi
7809@end ifset
7810
e135f41b
NC
7811@ifset PDP11
7812@include c-pdp11.texi
7813@end ifset
7814
041dd5a9
ILT
7815@ifset PJ
7816@include c-pj.texi
7817@end ifset
7818
418c1742
MG
7819@ifset PPC
7820@include c-ppc.texi
7821@end ifset
7822
93f11b16
DD
7823@ifset PRU
7824@include c-pru.texi
7825@end ifset
7826
4f7eddc4
PD
7827@ifset RISCV
7828@include c-riscv.texi
7829@end ifset
7830
b57e49f7
JW
7831@ifset RL78
7832@include c-rl78.texi
7833@end ifset
7834
046d31c2
NC
7835@ifset RX
7836@include c-rx.texi
7837@end ifset
7838
11c19e16
MS
7839@ifset S390
7840@include c-s390.texi
7841@end ifset
7842
c0157db4
NC
7843@ifset SCORE
7844@include c-score.texi
7845@end ifset
7846
252b5132
RH
7847@ifset SH
7848@include c-sh.texi
7849@end ifset
7850
7851@ifset SPARC
7852@include c-sparc.texi
7853@end ifset
7854
39bec121
TW
7855@ifset TIC54X
7856@include c-tic54x.texi
7857@end ifset
7858
40b36596
JM
7859@ifset TIC6X
7860@include c-tic6x.texi
7861@end ifset
7862
aa137e4d
NC
7863@ifset TILEGX
7864@include c-tilegx.texi
7865@end ifset
7866
7867@ifset TILEPRO
7868@include c-tilepro.texi
7869@end ifset
7870
b6605ddd
EB
7871@ifset V850
7872@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
7873@end ifset
7874
7875@ifset VAX
7876@include c-vax.texi
7877@end ifset
7878
b6605ddd
EB
7879@ifset VISIUM
7880@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
7881@end ifset
7882
f96bd6c2
PC
7883@ifset WASM32
7884@include c-wasm32.texi
7885@end ifset
7886
f6c1a2d5
NC
7887@ifset XGATE
7888@include c-xgate.texi
7889@end ifset
7890
6753e72f
NC
7891@ifset XSTORMY16
7892@include c-xstormy16.texi
7893@end ifset
7894
e0001a05
NC
7895@ifset XTENSA
7896@include c-xtensa.texi
7897@end ifset
7898
b6605ddd
EB
7899@ifset Z80
7900@include c-z80.texi
7901@end ifset
7902
7903@ifset Z8000
7904@include c-z8k.texi
7905@end ifset
7906
252b5132
RH
7907@ifset GENERIC
7908@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7909@raisesections
7910@end ifset
7911
7912@node Reporting Bugs
7913@chapter Reporting Bugs
7914@cindex bugs in assembler
7915@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7916
a4fb0134 7917Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7918
7919Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7920not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7921entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7922Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7923
7924In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7925information that enables us to fix the bug.
7926
7927@menu
7928* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7929* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7930@end menu
7931
7932@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7933@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7934@cindex bug criteria
7935
7936If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7937
7938@itemize @bullet
7939@cindex fatal signal
7940@cindex assembler crash
7941@cindex crash of assembler
7942@item
7943If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7944@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7945
7946@cindex error on valid input
7947@item
a4fb0134 7948If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7949
7950@cindex invalid input
7951@item
a4fb0134 7952If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7953is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7954be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7955
7956@item
7957If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7958of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7959@end itemize
7960
7961@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7962@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7963@cindex bug reports
7964@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7965
7966A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7967you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7968contact that organization first.
7969
7970You can find contact information for many support companies and
7971individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7972distribution.
7973
ad22bfe8 7974@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7975In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7976to @value{BUGURL}.
7977@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7978
7979The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7980@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7981fact or leave it out, state it!
7982
7983Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7984and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7985name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7986not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7987happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7988perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7989the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7990give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7991and the most helpful.
7992
7993Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7994it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7995that the bug has not been reported previously.
7996
7997Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7998bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7999respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
8000You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
8001
8002To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
8003
8004@itemize @bullet
8005@item
a4fb0134 8006The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
8007it with the @samp{--version} argument.
8008
8009Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 8010the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8011
8012@item
a4fb0134 8013Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
8014
8015@item
8016The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
8017version number.
8018
8019@item
a4fb0134 8020What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
8021``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
8022
8023@item
8024The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
8025observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
8026all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
8027
8028If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
8029and then we might not encounter the bug.
8030
8031@item
8032A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
8033the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
8034high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
8035when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
8036the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
8037file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 8038@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
8039
8040@item
8041A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
8042incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
8043
a4fb0134 8044Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
8045will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
8046notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
8047make a mistake.
8048
8049Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
8050explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 8051@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
8052library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
8053would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
8054would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
8055expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
8056observations.
8057
8058@item
a4fb0134 8059If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
8060diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
8061option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 8062discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
8063by line number.
8064
8065The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
8066sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
8067@end itemize
8068
8069Here are some things that are not necessary:
8070
8071@itemize @bullet
8072@item
8073A description of the envelope of the bug.
8074
8075Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
8076which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
8077changes will not affect it.
8078
8079This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
8080will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
8081with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
8082We recommend that you save your time for something else.
8083
8084Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
8085of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
8086output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
8087less time, and so on.
8088
8089However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
8090report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
8091
8092@item
8093A patch for the bug.
8094
8095A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
8096the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
8097a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
8098to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
8099
a4fb0134 8100Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
8101construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
8102the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
8103one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
8104
8105And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
8106patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
8107help us to understand.
8108
8109@item
8110A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
8111
8112Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
8113things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
8114@end itemize
8115
8116@node Acknowledgements
8117@chapter Acknowledgements
8118
653cfe85 8119If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 8120it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 8121maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
8122@c (October 2012),
8123the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
8124
8125Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
8126more details?}
8127
8128Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
8129information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
8130extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
8131
8132K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
8133many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
8134up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
8135testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
8136including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
8137and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
8138support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
8139port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
8140file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
8141assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
8142
8143Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
8144in format-specific I/O modules.
8145
8146The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
8147has done much work with it since.
8148
8149The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
8150
8151Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
8152
8153The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
8154University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
8155
8156Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
8157(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
8158(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
8159support a.out format.
8160
7be1c489
AM
8161Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
8162tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
8163Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
8164use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
8165targets.
8166
8167John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
8168simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
8169updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 8170fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
8171remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
8172cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
8173required the proverbial one-bit fix.
8174
8175Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
817668k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
8177added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
8178PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
8179
653cfe85 8180Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
8181
8182Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
8183
8184Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
8185along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
8186formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
8187the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
8188
8189Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
8190Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
8191Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
8192Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
8193and some initial 64-bit support).
8194
c1253627 8195Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 8196
252b5132
RH
8197Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
8198support for openVMS/Alpha.
8199
39bec121
TW
8200Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
8201flavors.
8202
e0001a05 8203David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 8204Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 8205
252b5132
RH
8206Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8207configuration enhancements.
8208
84e94c90
NC
8209Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8210
252b5132
RH
8211Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8212you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8213want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8214intentionally leaving anyone out.
8215
793c5807
NC
8216@node GNU Free Documentation License
8217@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8218@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8219
370b66a1
CD
8220@node AS Index
8221@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8222
8223@printindex cp
8224
252b5132
RH
8225@bye
8226@c Local Variables:
8227@c fill-column: 79
8228@c End:
This page took 1.833142 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.